WO2025018158A1 - Control device for lamp unit, program, and headlight for vehicle - Google Patents

Control device for lamp unit, program, and headlight for vehicle Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2025018158A1
WO2025018158A1 PCT/JP2024/024198 JP2024024198W WO2025018158A1 WO 2025018158 A1 WO2025018158 A1 WO 2025018158A1 JP 2024024198 W JP2024024198 W JP 2024024198W WO 2025018158 A1 WO2025018158 A1 WO 2025018158A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
vehicle
regions
light
amount
region
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2024/024198
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
恭平 神谷
光治 眞野
伽那 芹澤
知樹 若杉
Original Assignee
株式会社小糸製作所
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社小糸製作所 filed Critical 株式会社小糸製作所
Publication of WO2025018158A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025018158A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60QARRANGEMENT OF SIGNALLING OR LIGHTING DEVICES, THE MOUNTING OR SUPPORTING THEREOF OR CIRCUITS THEREFOR, FOR VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60Q1/00Arrangement of optical signalling or lighting devices, the mounting or supporting thereof or circuits therefor
    • B60Q1/02Arrangement of optical signalling or lighting devices, the mounting or supporting thereof or circuits therefor the devices being primarily intended to illuminate the way ahead or to illuminate other areas of way or environments
    • B60Q1/04Arrangement of optical signalling or lighting devices, the mounting or supporting thereof or circuits therefor the devices being primarily intended to illuminate the way ahead or to illuminate other areas of way or environments the devices being headlights
    • B60Q1/14Arrangement of optical signalling or lighting devices, the mounting or supporting thereof or circuits therefor the devices being primarily intended to illuminate the way ahead or to illuminate other areas of way or environments the devices being headlights having dimming means

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a lighting unit control device, a program, and a vehicle headlamp.
  • Vehicle headlamps such as automobile headlights, are known that change the light distribution pattern of the emitted light, and the following Patent Document 1 discloses such a vehicle headlamp.
  • the vehicle headlamp described in Patent Document 1 below includes a lighting unit capable of changing the light distribution pattern of the emitted light, and a control device.
  • the control device controls the lighting unit based on information from a detection device that detects other vehicles located in front of the vehicle, suppressing the illumination of light onto the other vehicles while illuminating light around the other vehicles. For this reason, Patent Document 1 below claims that the vehicle headlamp can suppress glare for drivers of other vehicles located in front of the vehicle.
  • a first aspect of the present invention is a lighting unit control device that receives a signal from a detection device that detects a predetermined object located in front of a vehicle and is capable of changing the light distribution pattern of the emitted light, and when a plurality of the predetermined objects are located in front of the vehicle, the light distribution pattern reduces the amount of light in a plurality of first regions that overlap at least a portion of the predetermined objects and increases the amount of light in a plurality of second regions that individually surround the first regions, and changes the amount of light directed from the vehicle to the predetermined object that overlaps one of a pair of adjacent first regions, compared to when the predetermined objects are not located in front of the vehicle.
  • a signal that can control the lamp unit is output so as to increase the amount of light in a third region that is connected to each of the second regions that surround the pair of first regions and includes a connection region that is sandwiched between the pair of first regions, and in a second state in which an angle between the first direction and the second direction with respect to the pair of first regions is greater than a second threshold that is greater than or equal to the first threshold, a signal that can control the lamp unit is output so as not to increase the amount of light in the third region.
  • a program of a second aspect of the present invention receives a signal from a detection device that detects a predetermined object located in front of the vehicle, and controls a control device of a lighting unit that is capable of changing the light distribution pattern of the emitted light, and when a plurality of the predetermined objects are located in front of the vehicle, reduces the amount of light in a plurality of first regions of the light distribution pattern that overlap at least a portion of the predetermined objects and increases the amount of light in a plurality of second regions that individually surround the first regions, compared to when the predetermined objects are not located in front of the vehicle, and controls a first direction from the vehicle toward the predetermined object that overlaps one of a pair of adjacent first regions and a second direction from the vehicle toward the predetermined object that overlaps one of the pair of adjacent first regions.
  • a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit is output to increase the amount of light in a third region including a connection region that is connected to each of the second regions surrounding the pair of first regions and is sandwiched between the pair of first regions; and in a second state in which an angle between the first direction and the second direction relative to the pair of first regions is greater than a second threshold that is equal to or greater than the first threshold, a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit is output to not increase the amount of light in the third region.
  • a vehicle headlamp includes a lighting unit capable of changing the light distribution pattern of emitted light, and a control device that controls the lighting unit in response to a signal input from a detection device that detects a predetermined object located in front of the vehicle, and the control device controls the lighting unit in a state in which a plurality of the predetermined objects are located in front of the vehicle, and reduces the amount of light in a plurality of first regions of the light distribution pattern that overlap at least a portion of the predetermined objects, and increases the amount of light in a plurality of second regions that individually surround the first regions, and increases the amount of light in a plurality of second regions that overlap one of a pair of adjacent first regions, compared to a state in which the predetermined objects are not located in front of the vehicle.
  • the lighting unit In a first state in which an angle between a first direction from the vehicle toward the specified object overlapping the other of the pair of first regions is less than or equal to a first threshold, the lighting unit is controlled to increase the amount of light in a third region including a connection region that is connected to each of the second regions surrounding the pair of first regions and is sandwiched between the pair of first regions, and in a second state in which an angle between the first direction and the second direction relative to the pair of first regions is greater than a second threshold that is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the lighting unit is controlled so as not to increase the amount of light in the third region.
  • the amount of light in the first areas of the light distribution pattern that overlap with the plurality of predetermined objects is reduced, and the amount of light in the second areas and the third area that individually surround the first areas is increased. Therefore, the amount of light irradiated to the plurality of predetermined objects can be reduced, and the surroundings of the plurality of first areas that are darkened areas can be suppressed from appearing dark, thereby suppressing a decrease in visibility ahead of the vehicle.
  • the third area includes a connection area that is sandwiched between a pair of adjacent first areas and connects to each of the second areas that surround the pair of first areas.
  • the amount of light in this third area is increased, and in the second state in which the angle between the first direction and the second direction is greater than a second threshold that is equal to or greater than the first threshold, the amount of light is not increased.
  • the larger the angle between the first direction and the second direction the farther the distance between the two first areas is. Therefore, when the distance between the pair of first regions is short, the amount of light in the third region increases, and the area between the pair of first regions can be prevented from appearing dark.
  • connection region of the third region connects to the second region, the second region and the third region that are increased in light are integrated, and compared to when the third region is separated from the second region, the driver can be prevented from feeling uncomfortable.
  • the connection region tends to become larger as the distance between the adjacent first regions increases, and the amount of light increased in the third region tends to increase as the connection region becomes larger.
  • the program of the second aspect, and the vehicle headlamp of the third aspect in the second state, that is, when the distance between the pair of first regions is long, the amount of light in the third region is not increased. Therefore, compared to when the third region is increased regardless of the angle between the first direction and the second direction, the amount of light increased in the third region can be prevented from becoming too large, and an increase in energy consumption can be suppressed.
  • the second threshold value may be greater than the first threshold value.
  • the third region may include everything other than the first region and the second region within the smallest rectangular frame that encloses the pair of first regions.
  • This configuration can prevent the vicinity of the pair of first regions from appearing darker than when the third region is part of the rectangular frame.
  • the total amount of light that decreases in the first regions may be the same as the total amount of light that increases in the second regions and the third region.
  • the increase in energy consumption can be suppressed compared to when the total amount of light that increases in the multiple second regions and the third region is greater than the total amount of light that decreases in the multiple first regions.
  • the control device of the lighting unit in the first aspect described above may output a signal capable of controlling the lighting unit so as not to increase the amount of light in the third area until a first period has elapsed since the first state is entered in a state in which the amount of light in the third area is not increased compared to when the specified object is not located in front of the vehicle, and, when the first state is entered after the first period has elapsed, to increase the amount of light in the third area compared to when the specified object is not located in front of the vehicle.
  • the angle between the first direction and the second direction when the first threshold is exceeded and the first state is entered is a value close to the first threshold. Therefore, even if the first state is entered, the first state may soon be changed.
  • the amount of light in the third region remains unincreased until the first period has elapsed since the first state is entered, compared to when the specified object is not located, and if the first period has elapsed and the first state is entered, the amount of light in the third region is increased. Therefore, the frequency with which the amount of light in the third region changes can be reduced, compared to when the amount of light in the third region is increased when the first state is entered. This can prevent the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in the light distribution pattern.
  • the control device of the lighting unit of the first aspect described above may output a signal capable of controlling the lighting unit to increase the amount of light in the third area in a state in which the amount of light in the third area is increased compared to when the specified object is not located in front of the vehicle until a second period has elapsed since the second state is entered, and not to increase the amount of light in the third area when the specified object is not located in front of the vehicle if the second state is entered after the second period has elapsed.
  • the second state may soon be discontinued.
  • the amount of light in the third region remains increased compared to when the specified object is not located until the second period has elapsed since the second state is entered, and if the second state is entered after the second period has elapsed, the amount of light in the third region is not increased. This makes it possible to reduce the frequency with which the amount of light in the third region changes compared to when the amount of light in the third region is not increased when the second state is entered. This makes it possible to suppress the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in the light distribution pattern.
  • the detection device can detect other vehicles as the specified object, and the control device of the lighting unit of the first aspect described above may output a signal capable of controlling the lighting unit so that the specified object, where the pair of first regions overlap, is a pair of other vehicles in the second state, and when a vertical plane passing through the vehicle and one of the pair of other vehicles intersects with the other of the pair of other vehicles, the amount of light in the third region is increased compared to when the specified object is not located in front of the vehicle, and when the vertical plane does not intersect with the other of the pair of other vehicles, the amount of light in the third region is not increased compared to when the specified object is not located in front of the vehicle.
  • the two other vehicles When the specified object is another vehicle, and a vertical plane passing through the vehicle and one of the other vehicles intersects with the other other vehicle, the two other vehicles tend to be on the same road.
  • the two other vehicles are a preceding vehicle or an oncoming vehicle.
  • one may be located just before entering an uphill slope from flat ground and the other is located on an uphill slope, or one may be located just before entering flat ground from a downhill slope and the other is located on flat ground.
  • the angle between the first direction and the second direction is difficult to change, and when the vehicle is located on an uphill slope, the angle between the first direction and the second direction tends to become smaller.
  • the angle between the first direction and the second direction is difficult to change, and when the vehicle is located on flat ground, the angle between the first direction and the second direction tends to become smaller. In other words, in these situations, even if the angle between the first direction and the second direction is large, the angle is likely to become small.
  • the amount of light in the third region can be increased compared to when the specified object is not located, and the decrease in visibility can be suppressed while suppressing an increase in energy consumption.
  • a fourth aspect of the present invention is a lighting unit control device that receives a signal from a detection device that detects a preceding vehicle and an oncoming vehicle located in front of the vehicle and is capable of changing the light distribution pattern of the emitted light, and when a plurality of the preceding vehicles and a plurality of the oncoming vehicles are located in front of the vehicle, the light distribution pattern reduces the amount of light in a plurality of first regions that overlap at least a portion of the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle, increases the amount of light in a plurality of second regions that individually surround the first regions, and changes the amount of light from a plurality of the first regions that overlap with a plurality of the preceding vehicles when the preceding vehicles and the oncoming vehicles are not located in front of the vehicle.
  • a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit is output to increase the amount of light in a third region including a connection region that is connected to each of the second regions surrounding the adjacent first regions and is sandwiched between the adjacent first regions, and a non-specific region in which the amount of light does not change when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle is located between the second region surrounding the first region overlapping the preceding vehicle and the second region surrounding the first region overlapping the oncoming vehicle.
  • a fifth aspect of the program of the present invention receives a signal from a detection device that detects a preceding vehicle and an oncoming vehicle located in front of the vehicle, and controls a control device of a lighting unit that can change the light distribution pattern of the emitted light, and when a plurality of preceding vehicles and a plurality of oncoming vehicles are located in front of the vehicle, the control device reduces the amount of light in a plurality of first regions that overlap at least a portion of the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle, and increases the amount of light in a plurality of second regions that individually surround the first regions, of the light distribution pattern, compared to when the preceding vehicles and the oncoming vehicles are not located in front of the vehicle.
  • a step of outputting a signal capable of controlling the lighting unit is executed so as to increase the amount of light in a third region including a connection region that is connected to each of the second regions surrounding the adjacent first regions and is sandwiched between the adjacent first regions, and a non-specific region in which the amount of light does not change when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not positioned in front of the vehicle is located between the second region surrounding the first region overlapping the preceding vehicle and the second region surrounding the first region overlapping the oncoming vehicle.
  • a sixth aspect of the present invention provides a vehicle headlamp comprising a lighting unit capable of changing the light distribution pattern of the emitted light, and a control device that controls the lighting unit in response to a signal input from a detection device that detects a preceding vehicle and an oncoming vehicle located in front of the vehicle, and the control device controls the lighting unit in response to a signal input from a detection device that detects a preceding vehicle and an oncoming vehicle located in front of the vehicle, and when a plurality of the preceding vehicles and a plurality of the oncoming vehicles are located in front of the vehicle, the control device reduces the amount of light in a plurality of first regions of the light distribution pattern that overlap with at least a portion of the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle, and increases the amount of light in a plurality of second regions that individually surround the first regions, and controls the light distribution pattern to overlap with the plurality of the preceding vehicles and the oncoming vehicles, compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle.
  • the lighting unit is controlled to increase the amount of light in a third region including a connection region that is connected to each of the second regions surrounding the adjacent first regions and is sandwiched between the adjacent first regions, and a non-specific region in which the amount of light does not change when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not positioned in front of the vehicle is located between the second region surrounding the first region overlapping with the preceding vehicle and the second region surrounding the first region overlapping with the oncoming vehicle.
  • the amount of light in the first regions of the light distribution pattern that overlap at least a portion of the first regions of the preceding vehicles and the oncoming vehicles is reduced, and the amount of light in the second regions and the third regions that individually surround the first regions is increased.
  • This can reduce the amount of light irradiated to the preceding vehicles and the oncoming vehicles, and can suppress the periphery of each of the first regions that are darkened from appearing dark, thereby suppressing a decrease in visibility ahead of the vehicle.
  • the third region is an area that includes a connection area that is sandwiched between adjacent first regions and is connected to each of the second regions that surround the adjacent first regions in at least one of the preceding vehicle group consisting of the first regions that overlap the preceding vehicles and the oncoming vehicle group consisting of the first regions that overlap the oncoming vehicles. This can suppress the area between adjacent first regions from appearing dark in at least one of the preceding vehicle group and the oncoming vehicle group.
  • the connection area included in the third area is connected to the second area, the second area and the third area that are increased in light are integrated, and compared to the case where the third area is separated from the second area, the driver may feel less uncomfortable.
  • the traveling direction of the preceding vehicles and the traveling direction of the oncoming vehicles are generally the same, so the relative movement amount tends to be small.
  • the third area where the light amount increases is an area including the above-mentioned connection area in at least one of the pair for the preceding vehicle and the pair for the oncoming vehicle, and this connection area tends to be difficult to change.
  • the traveling direction of the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are generally opposite, the relative movement amount tends to be large. For this reason, the shape of the area sandwiched between the first area overlapping the preceding vehicle and the first area overlapping the oncoming vehicle and connected to each second area surrounding these first areas tends to change easily.
  • the fourth aspect of the control device for the lamp unit, the fifth aspect of the program, and the sixth aspect of the vehicle headlamp between the second area surrounding the first area overlapping the preceding vehicle and the second area surrounding the first area overlapping the oncoming vehicle, there is a non-specific area in which the amount of light does not change even when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle. Therefore, the amount of light in the area sandwiched between the first area overlapping the preceding vehicle and the first area overlapping the oncoming vehicle and connected to each of the second areas surrounding these first areas does not increase. Therefore, compared to when the amount of light in this area increases, the change in the shape of the third area can be suppressed. Therefore, compared to this case, the change in the light distribution pattern can be suppressed, and the driver's annoyance caused by the change in the light distribution pattern can be suppressed.
  • the total amount of light that decreases in the first regions may be the same as the total amount of light that increases in the second regions and the third region.
  • the increase in energy consumption can be suppressed compared to when the total amount of light that increases in the multiple second regions and the third region is greater than the total amount of light that decreases in the multiple first regions.
  • the control device of the lamp unit in the fourth aspect described above may output a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit to increase the amount of light in the third region in one of the pair for the preceding vehicle and the pair for the oncoming vehicle, and not to increase the amount of light in the third region in the other pair.
  • control device of the lamp unit of the fourth aspect described above may output a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit to increase the amount of light in the third region in the pair for the preceding vehicle and not to increase the amount of light in the third region in the pair for the oncoming vehicle.
  • a preceding vehicle tends to be less likely to move relative to the vehicle, while an oncoming vehicle tends to move more easily relative to the vehicle. For this reason, the first area that overlaps with the oncoming vehicle tends to move easily, and the shape of the third area in the oncoming vehicle pair tends to change easily. For this reason, with this configuration, it is possible to suppress changes in the shape of the third area, and to suppress the driver from feeling annoyed by changes in the light distribution pattern.
  • the control device of the lamp unit of the fourth aspect described above may output a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit so as to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions in a first state in which an angle between a first direction from the vehicle toward the preceding vehicle or the oncoming vehicle that overlaps with one of the pair of adjacent first regions and a second direction from the vehicle toward the preceding vehicle or the oncoming vehicle that overlaps with the other of the pair of first regions is equal to or less than a first threshold value in the pair in which the amount of light in the third region is increased, compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle, and may output a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit so as not to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions in a second state in which an angle between the first direction and the second direction in the pair of first regions is greater than a second threshold value that is equal to or greater than the first threshold value.
  • connection region is connected to the second region as described above, it tends to become larger as the distance between the pair of first regions increases. If the connection region becomes larger and the third region including the connection region becomes brighter, the amount of light increased in the third region tends to increase. In this lighting unit control device, program, and vehicle headlamp, in the second state, that is, when the distance between the pair of first regions is large, the amount of light increased in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions does not increase.
  • control device of the lighting unit of the fourth aspect described above may output a signal capable of controlling the lighting unit so as not to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region with the pair of first regions compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle until a first period has elapsed since the first state is entered in a state in which the amount of light in the third region including the connection region with the pair of first regions is not increased compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle, and to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region with the pair of first regions compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle when the first state is entered after the first period has elapsed.
  • the angle between the first direction and the second direction when the first threshold is exceeded and the first state is reached is a value close to the first threshold. Therefore, even if the first state is reached, the first state may soon be lost.
  • the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions does not increase until the first period has elapsed since the first state is reached, and if the second state is reached after the first period has elapsed, the amount of light in the third region including the connection region increases. Therefore, the frequency with which the amount of light in the third region including the connection region changes can be reduced compared to when the amount of light in the third region including the connection region increases when the first state is reached. This can prevent the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in the light distribution pattern.
  • control device of the lighting unit of the fourth aspect may output a signal capable of controlling the lighting unit to increase the third region including the connection region with respect to the pair of first regions compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle until a second period has elapsed since the second state is entered in a state in which the amount of light in the third region including the connection region with respect to the pair of first regions is increased compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle, and to not increase the amount of light in the third region with respect to the pair of first regions when the second state is entered after the second period has elapsed compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle.
  • the second state may soon be discontinued.
  • the light amount of the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions remains increased until the second period has elapsed since the second state is entered, and if the second state is entered after the second period has elapsed, the light amount of the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions has not increased. Therefore, the frequency with which the light amount of the connection region changes can be reduced compared to when the light amount of the third region including the connection region is not increased when the second state is entered. This can therefore suppress the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in the light distribution pattern.
  • the control device of the lamp unit of the fourth aspect described above may output a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit so as to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region with the pair of first regions in a third state in which the relative speed between the preceding vehicle or the oncoming vehicle overlapping one of the pair of adjacent first regions and the preceding vehicle or the oncoming vehicle overlapping the other of the pair of first regions is equal to or less than a first speed, compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle, and output a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit so as not to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region with the pair of first regions in a fourth state in which the relative speed with respect to the pair of first regions is greater than a second speed that is equal to or greater than the first speed, compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle.
  • connection region is connected to the second region as described above, when the distance between the pair of first regions changes, the shape of the third region including this connection region changes.
  • the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions is not increased. Therefore, compared to when the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions is increased regardless of the relative speed, it is possible to suppress changes in the shape of the third region, and suppress the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in light distribution pattern.
  • control device of the lighting unit of the fourth aspect described above may output a signal capable of controlling the lighting unit so as not to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region with the pair of first regions compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle until a third period has elapsed since the third state is entered in a state in which the amount of light in the third region including the connection region with the pair of first regions is not increased compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle, and to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region with the pair of first regions compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle when the third state is entered after the third period has elapsed.
  • the relative speed when the first speed is exceeded and the third state is reached is a value close to the first speed. Therefore, even if the third state is reached, the third state may soon be lost.
  • the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions does not increase until the third period has elapsed since the third state is reached, and if the third state is reached after the third period has elapsed, the amount of light in the third region including this connection region increases. Therefore, the frequency with which the third region including the connection region changes can be reduced compared to when the amount of light in the third region including the connection region increases when the third state is reached. This can prevent the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in the light distribution pattern.
  • the control device of the lighting unit of the fourth aspect may output a signal capable of controlling the lighting unit so that the third region including the connection region with the pair of first regions is increased in light amount compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle until a fourth period has elapsed since the fourth state is entered in a state in which the light amount of the third region including the connection region with the pair of first regions is increased compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle, and so that when the fourth state is entered after the fourth period has elapsed, the light amount of the third region including the connection region with the pair of first regions is not increased compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle.
  • the fourth state may soon be discontinued.
  • the light amount of the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions remains increased until the fourth period has elapsed since the fourth state is entered, and if the fourth state is entered when the fourth period has elapsed, the light amount of the third region including this connection region has not increased. Therefore, the frequency with which the third region including the connection region changes can be reduced compared to when the light amount of the third region including the connection region has not increased when the fourth state is entered. This can therefore suppress the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in the light distribution pattern.
  • a seventh aspect of the present invention relates to a lighting unit control device that receives a signal from a detection device that detects other vehicles, such as a preceding vehicle and an oncoming vehicle, located in front of the vehicle and is capable of changing the light distribution pattern of the emitted light, and when a plurality of other vehicles, including the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle, are located in front of the vehicle and one of the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle is multiple and the other is one, the light amount of a plurality of first regions of the light distribution pattern that overlap at least a portion of the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle is reduced, and the light amount of a plurality of second regions that individually surround the first region is increased, compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle.
  • a detection device that detects other vehicles, such as a preceding vehicle and an oncoming vehicle, located in front of the vehicle and is capable of changing the light distribution pattern of the emitted light, and when a plurality of other vehicles, including
  • the lighting unit outputs a signal capable of controlling the lighting unit so as to increase the amount of light in a third region including a connection region that is connected to each of the second regions surrounding the adjacent first regions and is sandwiched between the adjacent first regions in a set consisting of a plurality of the first regions that overlap with one of the plurality of other vehicles among the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle, and is characterized in that a non-specific region in which the amount of light does not change when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not positioned in front of the vehicle is located between the second region surrounding the first region overlapping with the preceding vehicle and the second region surrounding the first region overlapping with the oncoming vehicle.
  • an eighth aspect of the program of the present invention receives a signal from a detection device that detects other vehicles, such as a preceding vehicle and an oncoming vehicle, located in front of the vehicle, and a control device of a lighting unit that can change the light distribution pattern of the emitted light is configured to, in a state in which a plurality of other vehicles, including the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle, are located in front of the vehicle and one of the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle is multiple and the other is only one, reduce the amount of light in a plurality of first regions of the light distribution pattern that overlap with at least a portion of the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle, and increase the amount of light in a plurality of second regions that individually surround the first region, compared to a case in which the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle, and , in a set of a plurality of first regions overlapping one of the plurality of other vehicles among the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle, a step of outputting
  • a ninth aspect of the present invention provides a vehicle headlamp comprising a lighting unit capable of changing a light distribution pattern of emitted light, and a control device that receives a signal from a detection device that detects other vehicles, including a preceding vehicle and an oncoming vehicle, located in front of the vehicle and controls the lighting unit, and when a plurality of other vehicles, including the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle, are located in front of the vehicle and one of the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle is multiple and the other is only one, the control device reduces the amount of light in a plurality of first regions of the light distribution pattern that overlap at least a portion of the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle, compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle, and controls the first regions to be individually illuminated.
  • the lighting unit is controlled to increase the amount of light in a plurality of second regions surrounding the preceding vehicle and a third region including a connecting region connected to each of the second regions surrounding the adjacent first regions and sandwiched between the adjacent first regions in a set of a plurality of first regions overlapping one of the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle, and is characterized in that a non-specific region in which the amount of light does not change when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle is located between the second region surrounding the first region overlapping the preceding vehicle and the second region surrounding the first region overlapping the oncoming vehicle.
  • the seventh aspect of the control device for a lighting unit, the eighth aspect of the program, and the ninth aspect of the vehicle headlamp can reduce the amount of light irradiated to a preceding vehicle and an oncoming vehicle, as with the fourth aspect of the control device for a lighting unit, the fifth aspect of the program, and the sixth aspect of the vehicle headlamp, and can suppress the periphery of each of the multiple first areas, which are the darkened areas, from appearing dark, thereby suppressing a decrease in visibility ahead of the vehicle. Also, in a group consisting of multiple first areas that overlap with one of the multiple other vehicles, which is the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle, it can suppress the area between a pair of adjacent first areas from appearing dark.
  • the second and third areas that are brightened are integrated, and compared to a case in which the third area is separated from the second area, it can suppress the driver from feeling uncomfortable.
  • the control device, program, and vehicle headlamp of this lighting unit between the second region surrounding the first region overlapping the preceding vehicle and the second region surrounding the first region overlapping the oncoming vehicle, there is a non-specific region in which the amount of light does not change even when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle. Therefore, the amount of light in the region sandwiched between the first region overlapping the preceding vehicle and the first region overlapping the oncoming vehicle and connected to each of the second regions surrounding these first regions does not increase.
  • the change in the shape of the third region can be suppressed. Therefore, compared to this case, the change in the light distribution pattern can be suppressed, and the driver's annoyance caused by the change in the light distribution pattern can be suppressed.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing a vehicle equipped with a vehicle headlamp according to a first embodiment of the present invention as first to third aspects.
  • FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic view of a lighting unit.
  • 3 is a front view showing the light source unit shown in FIG. 2;
  • 4 is a flowchart showing an operation of the control device in the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram showing an example of a high beam light distribution pattern in the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating an example of an ADB light distribution pattern in the first embodiment, similar to FIG. 5 .
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram illustrating the situation shown in FIG. 6 .
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating an example of another ADB light distribution pattern in the first embodiment, similar to FIG.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing an operation of a process for changing the amount of light in a third region in the control device of the first embodiment.
  • 13 is a flowchart showing an operation of a process for changing the amount of light in a third region in a control device according to a second embodiment as the first to third aspects of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating an example of an ADB light distribution pattern in a second state according to the second embodiment, similar to FIG. 6 .
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram similar to FIG. 5 showing an example of an ADB light distribution pattern in a third embodiment as fourth to ninth aspects of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating an example of another ADB light distribution pattern in the third embodiment, similar to FIG. 12 .
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram illustrating the situation shown in FIG. 12 .
  • FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating an example of still another ADB light distribution pattern in the third embodiment, similar to FIG. 12 .
  • FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating an example of an ADB light distribution pattern in a fourth embodiment as the fourth to ninth aspects of the present invention, similar to FIG. 12 .
  • FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating an example of an ADB light distribution pattern according to a fifth embodiment as fourth to ninth aspects of the present invention, similar to FIG. 12 .
  • 13 is a flowchart showing the operation of a process for changing the light amount of a third region in a control device according to a sixth embodiment as fourth to ninth aspects of the present invention.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram showing a vehicle equipped with a vehicle headlamp of this embodiment.
  • a vehicle 100 includes a pair of left and right vehicle headlamp 1, an ECU (Electronic Control Unit) 101, a light switch 110, and a detection device 120.
  • ECU Electronic Control Unit
  • a light switch 110 for detecting the light
  • a detection device 120 for detecting the light
  • "right” means the right side in the forward direction of the vehicle 100
  • "left” means the left side in the forward direction
  • a driver means the driver of the vehicle 100.
  • the vehicle 100 of this embodiment is an automobile.
  • Each vehicle headlamp 1 comprises a lamp unit 5, a memory ME, a control device CO, and a power supply circuit 50.
  • the lamp unit 5 of one vehicle headlamp 1 is disposed on the left side of the front portion of the vehicle 100, and the lamp unit 5 of the other vehicle headlamp 1 is disposed on the right side of the same front portion.
  • the configuration of one vehicle headlamp 1 is the same as the configuration of the other vehicle headlamp 1, except that the shape of the lamp unit 5 is roughly symmetrical. For this reason, the following will describe one vehicle headlamp 1, and a description of the other vehicle headlamp 1 will be omitted.
  • FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view showing the lamp section 5.
  • the lamp section 5 mainly comprises a housing 16 and a lamp unit 10.
  • the case 16 mainly comprises a housing 17 and a front cover 18.
  • the front cover 18 transmits light emitted from the lighting unit 10.
  • the housing 17 is configured in a box shape with an opening at the front, and the front cover 18 is fixed to the housing 17 so as to cover the opening. In this way, an accommodation space surrounded by the housing 17 and the front cover 18 is formed in the case 16, and the lighting unit 10 is arranged in the accommodation space.
  • the lighting unit 10 is capable of changing the light distribution pattern of the emitted light.
  • the light distribution pattern is, for example, a light pattern drawn by the light irradiated onto a vertical surface located in front of the vehicle 100, and includes the light intensity distribution as well as the outline of the light.
  • the lighting unit 10 of this embodiment mainly comprises a light source section 12 that emits light forward, and a projection lens 15 that is positioned in front of the light source section 12.
  • FIG. 3 is a front view showing the light source unit 12 shown in FIG. 2 in a simplified manner.
  • the light source unit 12 of this embodiment has a plurality of light-emitting elements 13 as a light-emitting unit that emits light, and a circuit board 14 on which the plurality of light-emitting elements 13 are mounted.
  • the plurality of light-emitting elements 13 are arranged in a matrix to form rows in the vertical and horizontal directions, and emit light forward. The amount of light emitted by each of the light-emitting elements 13 can be individually changed.
  • the light-emitting elements 13 are micro LEDs (Light Emitting Diodes), and the light source unit 12 is a so-called micro LED array. Note that the number of light-emitting elements 13 arranged in the horizontal direction and the number of light-emitting elements 13 arranged in the vertical direction are not particularly limited.
  • the projection lens 15 is disposed in front of the light source unit 12, and the light emitted from the light source unit 12 is incident on it, and the divergence angle of this light is adjusted by the projection lens 15. Therefore, the light whose divergence angle has been adjusted by the projection lens 15 is emitted from the lamp unit 10, and the light is irradiated forward of the vehicle 100 from the lamp unit 5 via the front cover 18.
  • the projection lens 15 in this embodiment is a lens with a light entrance surface and an exit surface formed in a convex shape, and the rear focal point of the projection lens 15 is located on or near the light exit surface of any of the light-emitting elements 13 in the light source unit 12. Therefore, the light distribution pattern of the light irradiated forward of the vehicle 100 is a light distribution pattern that is the light distribution pattern of the light emitted by the light source unit 12 inverted vertically and horizontally.
  • control device CO shown in FIG. 1 is composed of an integrated circuit such as a microcontroller, an IC (Integrated Circuit), an LSI (Large-scale Integrated Circuit), or an ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit), or an NC (Numerical Control) device. Furthermore, when an NC device is used, the control device CO may or may not use a machine learning device.
  • the control device CO is electrically connected to the memory ME, the power supply circuit 50, and the ECU 101.
  • the memory ME is configured to store information and to be able to read out the stored information.
  • the memory ME is, for example, a non-transitory recording medium, and is preferably a semiconductor recording medium such as a random access memory (RAM) or a read only memory (ROM), but may include any type of recording medium, such as an optical recording medium or a magnetic recording medium.
  • non-transitory recording media includes all computer-readable recording media except for transient, propagating signals, and does not exclude volatile recording media. Programs for controlling the lighting unit 10 and information necessary for such control are stored in this memory ME, and the control device CO reads out the programs and information stored in the memory ME.
  • the control device CO of this embodiment reads out a program for controlling the lighting unit 10 from the memory ME, and controls the lighting unit 10 by outputting a signal to the power supply circuit 50 and controlling the power supply circuit 50.
  • the power supply circuit 50 includes a driver, and when a control signal is input from the control device CO, the driver adjusts the power supplied from a power supply (not shown) to each light-emitting element 13 of the light source section 12. In this way, the amount of light emitted from each light-emitting element 13 is adjusted, and light having a light distribution pattern according to the amount of light emitted from each light-emitting element 13 is emitted from the lighting unit 10.
  • the light switch 110 in this embodiment is a switch that selects whether or not to emit light. When the light switch 110 is on, it outputs a signal indicating the emission of light to the control device CO via the ECU 101, and when it is off, it does not output a signal.
  • the detection device 120 of this embodiment detects a predetermined object located in front of the vehicle 100.
  • the predetermined object include other vehicles such as a preceding vehicle or an oncoming vehicle, a retroreflective object, a human being such as a pedestrian, an obstacle, etc.
  • a retroreflective object in this embodiment is an object that does not emit light itself but retroreflects irradiated light at a predetermined spread angle, and examples of such retroreflective objects include road signs and delineators.
  • the detection device 120 of this embodiment includes an image acquisition unit 121 and a detection unit 122.
  • the image acquisition unit 121 acquires an image of the area ahead of the vehicle 100, and this image includes at least a portion of the area onto which light emitted from the pair of vehicle headlights 1 can be irradiated.
  • Examples of the image acquisition unit 121 include a CCD (Charged Coupled Device) camera, a CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor) camera, a LiDAR (Light Detection And Ranging), a stereo camera, etc.
  • the image acquisition unit 121 outputs a signal related to the acquired image to the detection unit 122.
  • the detection unit 122 has the same configuration as the control device CO, for example.
  • the detection unit 122 detects the presence of a specific object, the position coordinates of the specific object, the type of the specific object, etc. by applying a specific image processing to the image acquired by the image acquisition unit 121.
  • the detection device 120 detects a specific object, it outputs a signal indicating information such as the presence of the specific object, the position of the specific object, and the type of the specific object to the control device CO via the ECU 101.
  • the detection device 120 does not detect a specific object, it outputs a signal indicating that the specific object does not exist to the control device CO via the ECU 101, but it is not necessary to output this signal.
  • the detection device 120 calculates a vector from the image acquisition unit 121 toward the specified object and the distance from the image acquisition unit 121 to the specified object as the position coordinates of the specified object.
  • This vector is a three-dimensional vector, and is, for example, a vector in a coordinate system based on a first axis that passes through the center of the image acquisition unit 121 and extends along the front-to-rear direction of the vehicle 100, a second axis that passes through the center of the image acquisition unit 121, is perpendicular to the first axis, and extends along the left-to-right direction of the vehicle 100, and a third axis that passes through the center of the image acquisition unit 121 and is perpendicular to the first axis and the second axis.
  • the position coordinates of the specified object are not limited.
  • the predetermined object detected by the detection device 120 is not particularly limited.
  • the image acquisition unit 121 may be a CCD camera and LiDAR, or may be a CCD camera and a millimeter wave radar.
  • the detection device 120 may be configured to include a millimeter wave radar and the detection unit 122.
  • the method of detecting the predetermined object by the detection unit 122 is not limited.
  • the detection unit 122 when the detection unit 122 receives image information from the image acquisition unit 121 in which a pair of white light points or a pair of red light points with a luminance higher than a predetermined luminance are present at a predetermined interval in the left-right direction, the detection unit 122 detects the presence and position coordinates of another vehicle as a predetermined object from the light points. For example, when the detection unit 122 receives image information from the image acquisition unit 121 in which the above-mentioned pair of white light points are present, the detection unit 122 identifies the other vehicle as an oncoming vehicle.
  • the detection unit 122 identifies the other vehicle as a preceding vehicle. For example, a pair of white light spots are the headlights of an oncoming vehicle, and a pair of red light spots are the taillights of a preceding vehicle.
  • the operation of the vehicle headlamp 1 of this embodiment will be described.
  • the operation of the pair of vehicle headlamp 1 is the same and synchronized with each other. For this reason, the operation of one vehicle headlamp 1 will be described below, and the operation of the other vehicle headlamp 1 will be omitted.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart showing the operation of the control device CO in this embodiment.
  • the operation of the control device CO comprises steps SP11 to SP15, and the program that the control device CO reads from the memory ME causes the control device CO to execute these steps SP11 to SP15.
  • a signal from the detection device 120 is input to the control device CO.
  • Step SP11 This step is a step in which the next step is different depending on whether or not a signal is input from the light switch 110.
  • the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP12 if no signal is input from the light switch 110, and advances the control flow to step SP13 if this signal is input.
  • Step SP12 This step is a step of making the vehicle headlamp 1 not emit light.
  • the control device CO outputs a signal to the power supply circuit 50 to control the power supply circuit 50 to control the lamp unit 10, and makes the lamp unit 10 not emit light.
  • the signal output from the control device CO is not particularly limited as long as it is a signal that can control the lamp unit 10 to not emit light. As a result, it is sufficient that the light from the lamp unit 10 is not emitted. For example, if light is not emitted from the lamp unit 10 when proceeding from step SP11 to this step, the control device CO may maintain that state, and in this case, the control device CO may not output any signal to the power supply circuit 50. After this step, the control device CO returns the control flow to step SP11.
  • Step SP13 This step is a step in which the next step is changed depending on the signal from the detection device 120.
  • the control device CO receives a signal from the detection device 120 indicating that a predetermined object does not exist
  • the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP14
  • the control device CO receives a signal from the detection device 120 indicating information related to the predetermined object
  • the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP15.
  • the detection device 120 is configured not to output a signal when a predetermined object does not exist
  • the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP14 when no signal is input from the detection device 120.
  • Step SP14 This step is a step of emitting a high beam from the vehicle headlamp 1.
  • the control device CO outputs a signal to the power supply circuit 50 to control the power supply circuit 50, thereby controlling the lamp unit 10 and emitting a high beam from the lamp unit 10. In this way, when there is no predetermined object in front of the vehicle 100, the high beam is emitted from the vehicle headlamp 1.
  • the signal output from the control device CO is not particularly limited as long as it is a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit 10 to emit a high beam.
  • control device CO may maintain that state, and in this case, the control device CO may not output any signal to the power supply circuit 50. After this step, the control device CO returns the control flow to step SP11.
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram showing an example of a high beam light distribution pattern in this embodiment.
  • V indicates a vertical line passing through the center of the vehicle 100 in the left-right direction
  • the high beam light distribution pattern PH formed on a virtual vertical screen located 25 m in front of the vehicle 100 is shown by a thick line.
  • the situation shown in FIG. 5 is one in which the vehicle 100 is traveling in the lane opposite the shoulder of a two-lane road, and the vehicle 100 is located just before starting uphill from flat ground.
  • the outline of the high beam light distribution pattern is a roughly horizontally long rectangle.
  • Step SP15 This step is a step of emitting light having an ADB light distribution pattern corresponding to a predetermined object located in front of the vehicle 100 detected by the detection device 120 from the vehicle headlamp 1.
  • the ADB light distribution pattern in this embodiment is a light distribution pattern in which the amount of light is changed in at least a first region and a second region of the high beam light distribution pattern PH.
  • the first region overlaps with at least a portion of the predetermined object, and the second region surrounds the first region.
  • the change in the amount of light in the first region is a decrease compared to when the predetermined object is not located in front of the vehicle 100.
  • the change in the amount of light in the second region is an increase compared to when the predetermined object is not located in front of the vehicle 100.
  • the control device CO outputs a signal to the power supply circuit 50 based on information related to the specified object input from the detection device 120, thereby controlling the power supply circuit 50 and controlling the lighting unit 10 to emit light having an ADB light distribution pattern from the lighting unit 10. In this way, when a specified object is present in front of the vehicle 100, light having an ADB light distribution pattern corresponding to the specified object is emitted from the vehicle headlamp 1.
  • the signal output from the control device CO is not particularly limited as long as it is a signal capable of controlling the lighting unit 10 to emit light having an ADB light distribution pattern corresponding to the specified object.
  • the control device CO returns the control flow to step SP11.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram similar to FIG. 5 showing an example of an ADB light distribution pattern in this embodiment, and shows the ADB light distribution pattern when three predetermined objects OB1, OB2, and OB3 are located in front of the vehicle 100.
  • the three predetermined objects OB1, OB2, and OB3 are other vehicles, which are preceding vehicles traveling in roughly the same direction as the vehicle 100.
  • the situation shown in FIG. 6 is a situation in which the vehicle 100 is located just before entering an uphill road from flat ground, the preceding vehicles, which are the two predetermined objects OB1 and OB2, are located on flat ground, and the preceding vehicle, which is the one predetermined object OB3, is located on an uphill road.
  • the light amount of the first regions 61a, 61b, and 61c that overlap at least a portion of the predetermined objects OB1, OB2, and OB3 is less than the light amount of the first regions 61a, 61b, and 61c in the high beam light distribution pattern PH. Therefore, according to the vehicle headlamp 1 of this embodiment, the amount of light irradiated to the predetermined objects OB1, OB2, and OB3 can be reduced, thereby suppressing glare to the drivers of other vehicles that are the predetermined objects OB1, OB2, and OB3.
  • the first regions 61a, 61b, and 61c of this embodiment are light-shielding regions that are not irradiated with light, but are not limited thereto.
  • the first regions 61a, 61b, and 61c are rectangular and overlap above the license plates of the predetermined objects OB1, OB2, and OB3.
  • the first regions 61a, 61b, and 61c only need to overlap at least a part of the viewing area through which the driver of the other vehicle can see outside the vehicle.
  • the first regions 61a, 61b, and 61c may overlap the entire other vehicle, and the shape and size of the first regions 61a, 61b, and 61c are not limited.
  • the viewing area is, for example, the front windshield when the other vehicle is an oncoming vehicle, and is, for example, the side mirror, rear windshield, or an imaging device that captures an image of the rear of the vehicle when the other vehicle is a leading vehicle, and these generally tend to be located above the license plate.
  • first region 61a and first region 61b are adjacent to each other, and first region 61b and first region 61c are adjacent to each other.
  • a pair of adjacent first regions refers to a pair of a specific first region and another first region that is closest to the specific first region among the multiple first regions.
  • the second region 62a is a region surrounding the first region 61a
  • the second region 62b is a region surrounding the first region 61b
  • the second region 62c is a region surrounding the first region 61c.
  • the light amounts of the second regions 62a, 62b, and 62c are greater than the light amounts of the second regions 62a, 62b, and 62c in the high beam light distribution pattern PH. Therefore, according to the vehicle headlamp 1 of this embodiment, it is possible to prevent the surroundings of the darkened first regions 61a, 61b, and 61c from appearing dark, and to prevent a decrease in visibility ahead of the vehicle 100.
  • the widths of the second regions 62a, 62b, and 62c are generally constant, but do not have to be constant.
  • the light amount of the third regions 63a, 63b is greater than the light amount of the third regions 63a, 63b in the high beam light distribution pattern PH.
  • the third region 63a is hatched with diagonal lines
  • the third region 63b is hatched with dots.
  • the third region 63a is a region that includes a connection region 64a for a pair of adjacent first regions 61a, 61b
  • the third region 63a is a region that includes a connection region 64b for a pair of adjacent first regions 61a, 61c.
  • connection region 64a is sandwiched between a pair of first regions 61a, 61b and is connected to the second regions 62a, 62b surrounding the pair of first regions 61a, 61b.
  • the connection region 64b is sandwiched between a pair of first regions 61a, 61c and is connected to the second regions 62a, 62c surrounding the pair of first regions 61a, 61c.
  • the third region 63a includes everything except the first regions 61a, 61b and the second regions 62a, 62b within the smallest rectangular frame 70a surrounding the pair of first regions 61a, 61b.
  • the third region 63b includes everything except the first regions 61a, 61c and the second regions 62a, 62c within the smallest rectangular frame 70b surrounding the pair of first regions 61a, 61c.
  • the third region 63a is all the region other than the first regions 61a, 61b and the second regions 62a, 62b within the smallest rectangular frame that surrounds the second regions 62a, 62b for the pair of first regions 61a, 61b.
  • the third region 63b is all the region other than the first regions 61a, 61c and the second regions 62a, 62c within the smallest rectangular frame that surrounds the second regions 62a, 62c for the pair of first regions 61a, 61c.
  • the shapes of the third regions 63a, 63b are not limited.
  • the light amount of the non-specific region 66 which is the region other than the first region 61a-61c, the second region 62a-62c, and the third region 63a, 63b, is the same as the light amount of the non-specific region 66 in the high beam light distribution pattern PH
  • the light intensity distribution of the non-specific region 66 in the ADB light distribution pattern P1 is the same as the light intensity distribution of the non-specific region 66 in the high beam light distribution pattern PH.
  • the non-specific region 66 is a region in which the light amount does not change from when the specified objects OB1, OB2, OB3 are not located in front of the vehicle 100.
  • the total amount of light that decreases in the first regions 61a, 61b, and 61c is the same as the total amount of light that increases in the second regions 62a, 62b, and 62c and the third regions 63a and 63b.
  • the total amount of light that decreases in the first regions 61a, 61b, and 61c may be different from the total amount of light that increases in the second regions 62a, 62b, and 62c and the third regions 63a and 63b.
  • the light increase rate is constant throughout the second regions 62a, 62b, and 62c and the third regions 63a and 63b.
  • This light increase rate is the rate (%) of the light increase based on the amount of light when a specified object is not located in front of the vehicle 100. For example, when the amount of light before the light increase is 100 and the amount of light after the light increase is 120, the light increase rate is 20%.
  • the light increase rate does not have to be constant throughout the second regions 62a, 62b, 62c and the third regions 63a, 63b.
  • the light increase amount per unit area may be constant throughout the second regions 62a, 62b, 62c and the third regions 63a, 63b.
  • the brightness of the second regions 62a, 62b, 62c and the third regions 63a, 63b may be the same. With this configuration, it is possible to make it difficult to recognize the boundaries between the second regions 62a, 62b, 62c and the third regions 63a, 63b.
  • the light intensity of the third regions 63a, 63b of such an ADB light distribution pattern P1 is no longer increased depending on the relative positions of the vehicle 100 and the specified objects OB1, OB2, OB3, and becomes the same as the light intensity when the specified objects OB1, OB2, OB3 are not located in front of the vehicle 100.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram showing the situation shown in FIG. 6, and is a schematic diagram showing the vehicle 100 and the predetermined objects OB1, OB2, and OB3 viewed from above.
  • the amount of light in the third region relative to the pair of first regions increases.
  • the amount of light in the third region does not increase and becomes the same as the amount of light when the predetermined object is not located in front of the vehicle 100.
  • a state in which the amount of light in the third region is increased compared to when the predetermined object is not located is referred to as a first emission state
  • a state in which the amount of light in the third region is not increased compared to when the predetermined object is not located and is the same as when the predetermined object is not located in front of the vehicle 100 is referred to as a second emission state.
  • FIG. 7 shows a first direction D1 from the vehicle 100 toward a predetermined object OB1 that overlaps with one of the adjacent first regions 61a, 61b, and a second direction D2 toward a predetermined object OB2 that overlaps with the other.
  • the angle ⁇ between the pair of first regions 61a, 61b and the angle ⁇ between the pair of first regions 61a, 61c are equal to or less than the first threshold value, which is a first state.
  • the second threshold is greater than the first threshold.
  • the first threshold is, for example, 2 degrees or more and 3 degrees or less, and the second threshold is, for example, 5 degrees or more and 6 degrees or less, but the first threshold and the second threshold are not limited.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram similar to FIG. 6 showing an example of another ADB light distribution pattern in this embodiment.
  • the situation shown in FIG. 8 is a situation in which, in the situation shown in FIG. 6, only the angle ⁇ between the adjacent first regions 61a and 61b is greater than the second threshold value, resulting in a second state.
  • the amount of light in the third region 63a relative to the adjacent first regions 61a and 61b does not increase and is the same as the amount of light when no specified object is located, and the amount of light in the third region 63b relative to the adjacent first regions 61a and 61c increases.
  • the total amount of light that decreases in the first regions 61a to 61c is the same as the total amount of light that increases in the second regions 62a to 62c and the third region 63b.
  • the total amount of light that decreases in the first regions 61a to 61c may be different from the total amount of light that increases in the second regions 62a to 62c and the third region 63b.
  • the light increase rate is constant throughout the second regions 62a to 62c and the third region 63b, but it does not have to be constant.
  • the amount of light increase per unit area may be constant throughout the second regions 62a to 62c and the third region 63b.
  • the brightness of the second regions 62a, 62c may be the same as that of the third region 63b.
  • the amount of light in the third region is kept in the first emission state where it is increased, or in the second emission state where it is not increased.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart showing the operation of the process of changing the amount of light in the third region in the control device CO of this embodiment.
  • the operation of the control device CO to change the amount of light in the third region includes steps SP21 to SP32, and a program read by the control device CO from the memory ME causes the control device CO to execute these steps SP21 to SP32.
  • the vehicle headlamp 1 emits light of the ADB light distribution pattern, and a signal related to a predetermined object previously detected by the detection device 120 and a signal related to a new predetermined object are input to the control device CO.
  • Step SP21 This step is a step of decreasing the amount of light in a first region that overlaps with at least a part of a new predetermined object in the emitted ADB light distribution pattern, and increasing the amount of light in a second region that surrounds the first region.
  • the control device CO controls the lamp unit 10 based on the information related to the predetermined object input from the detection device 120, and changes the emitted ADB light distribution pattern as described above.
  • Step SP22 This step is a step of acquiring an angle ⁇ between a first direction D1 and a second direction D2 for a first region overlapping with a new predetermined object and a first region adjacent to the first region.
  • the control device CO calculates the angle ⁇ for the pair of adjacent first regions based on information related to the predetermined object input from the detection device 120.
  • the detection device 120 may calculate the angle ⁇ and output a signal indicating the angle ⁇ to the control device CO, in which case the control device CO acquires the angle ⁇ from the signal.
  • Step SP23 This step is a step in which the next step is changed depending on the angle ⁇ acquired in step SP22.
  • the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP24.
  • the acquired angle ⁇ is greater than the first threshold, that is, when the control device CO is not in the first state
  • the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP25.
  • the control device CO is not in the first state, this includes when the control device CO is in the second state, and when the control device CO is neither in the first nor second state and the angle ⁇ is greater than the first threshold and equal to or smaller than the second threshold.
  • Step SP24 This step is a step of increasing the amount of light in the third region relative to a pair of adjacent first regions, compared to when a specified object is not located.
  • the control device CO controls the lighting unit 10 to increase the amount of light in this third region.
  • the state of the third region relative to the pair of first regions is set to the first emission state.
  • "1" which indicates the first emission state, is stored in the memory ME as a reference value for the pair of first regions. Note that the reference value indicating the first emission state is not limited.
  • the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP26.
  • Step SP25 This step is a step in which the amount of light in the third region relative to the pair of first regions is not increased compared to when the specified object is not located.
  • the control device CO controls the lighting unit 10 so as not to increase the amount of light in this third region.
  • the state of the third region relative to the pair of first regions is set to the second emission state.
  • "2" which indicates the second emission state, is stored in the memory ME as a reference value for the pair of first regions. Note that the reference value indicating the second emission state is not limited.
  • the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP26.
  • Step SP26 In this step, similar to step SP22, the control device CO calculates the angle ⁇ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 for the pair of first regions based on information related to a predetermined object input from the detection device 120.
  • Step SP27 This step is a step in which the next step is changed depending on the angle ⁇ acquired in step SP26 and the reference value for the pair of first regions stored in the memory ME.
  • the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP28 when the reference value is "1" and the angle ⁇ is greater than the second threshold value, that is, when the first emission state changes to the second state.
  • the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP30 when the reference value is "1" and the angle ⁇ is equal to or smaller than the second threshold value, or when the reference value is "2".
  • Step SP28 This step is a step of acquiring the angle ⁇ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 for the pair of first regions after the first period has elapsed since step SP26, and changing the next step depending on the angle ⁇ .
  • the first period is, for example, 0.5 seconds or more and 1.0 seconds or less, but is not limited to this.
  • the control device CO calculates the angle ⁇ in the same manner as in step SP26. Then, if the acquired angle ⁇ is greater than the second threshold, that is, if the state is the second state even after the first period has elapsed since step SP26, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP29.
  • the control device CO returns the control flow to step SP26. Therefore, the light amount of the third region relative to the pair of first regions is maintained in an increased state.
  • Step SP29 This step is a step of changing the third region to the second emission state.
  • the control device CO controls the lamp unit 10 so that the light amount of the third region returns to the light amount of the third region when a predetermined object is not located in front of the vehicle 100.
  • the control device CO rewrites the reference value stored in the memory ME to "2", which indicates the second emission state. After this step, the control device CO returns the control flow to step SP26.
  • Step SP30 This step is a step in which the next step is made different depending on the angle ⁇ acquired in step SP26 and the reference value stored in the memory ME.
  • the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP31 when the reference value is "2" and the angle ⁇ is equal to or less than the first threshold value, that is, when the state changes to the first state in the second emission state.
  • the control device CO returns the control flow to step SP26 when the reference value is "1" and the angle ⁇ is equal to or less than the second threshold value, and when the reference value is "2" and the angle ⁇ is greater than the first threshold value. Therefore, when the state is not the second state in the first emission state, the third region for the pair of first regions is maintained as increased. In addition, when the state is not the first state in the second emission state, the light amount of the third region for the pair of first regions is maintained in an unincreased state.
  • Step SP31 This step is a step of acquiring the angle ⁇ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 after the second period has elapsed since step SP26, and changing the next step depending on the angle ⁇ .
  • the second period is, for example, 0.5 seconds or more and 1.0 seconds or less, but is not limited thereto.
  • the second period may be the same as or different from the first period.
  • the control device CO calculates the angle ⁇ in the same manner as in step SP26. Then, if the acquired angle ⁇ is equal to or less than the first threshold, that is, if the state is the first state even after the second period has elapsed since step SP26, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP32.
  • the control device CO returns the control flow to step SP26. Therefore, the light amount of the third region relative to the pair of first regions is maintained in a state in which it has not increased.
  • Step SP32 This step is a step of changing the third region to the first emission state.
  • the lamp unit 10 is controlled so that the amount of light in the third region is increased compared to when the predetermined object is not located in front of the vehicle 100.
  • the third region for the pair of first regions is in the first emission state.
  • the control device CO rewrites the reference value stored in the memory ME to "1", which indicates the first emission state. After this step, the control device CO returns the control flow to step SP26.
  • the ADB light distribution pattern changes depending on the angle ⁇ between the first direction and the second direction for a pair of adjacent first regions.
  • the manner in which the third region is put into the first emission state in which the amount of light is increased there are no limitations on the manner in which the third region is put into the first emission state in which the amount of light is increased, and the manner in which the third region is put into the second emission state in which the amount of light is not increased.
  • the amount of light in the third region may decrease over time to become the amount of light in the third region in the high beam light distribution pattern PH, or the amount of light in the third region may decrease instantaneously to become the amount of light in the third region in the high beam light distribution pattern PH.
  • the amount of light in the third region may increase over time to a predetermined amount, or the amount of light in the third region may increase instantaneously to a predetermined amount.
  • the vehicle headlamp 1 of the present embodiment as a third aspect includes a lamp unit 10 and a control device CO, and the program of the present embodiment as a second aspect causes the control device CO to execute steps SP21 to SP32.
  • the control device CO of the present embodiment as a first aspect controls the lamp unit 10 to reduce the amount of light in the multiple first regions 61a, 61b, 61c that overlap at least a portion of the predetermined objects OB1, OB2, OB3 in the high beam light distribution pattern PH and to increase the amount of light in the multiple second regions 62a, 62b, 62c that individually surround the first regions 61a, 61b, 61c when the multiple predetermined objects OB1, OB2, OB3 are located in front of the vehicle 100, compared to when the predetermined objects OB1, OB2, OB3 are not located in front of the vehicle 100.
  • control device CO of the present embodiment controls the lamp unit 10 to increase the amount of light in the third area 63a in a first state in which the angle ⁇ between the first direction D1 from the vehicle 100 toward a predetermined object OB1 that overlaps one of the pair of adjacent first areas 61a, 61b and the second direction D2 from the vehicle 100 toward a predetermined object OB2 that overlaps the other of the pair of first areas 61a, 61b is less than or equal to a first threshold value.
  • control device CO of the present embodiment controls the lamp unit 10 not to increase the amount of light in the third area 63a in a second state in which the angle ⁇ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 toward the pair of first areas 61a, 61b is greater than a second threshold value that is greater than or equal to the first threshold value.
  • the third region 63a includes a connection region 64a that is connected to each of the second regions 62a, 62b surrounding the pair of adjacent first regions 61a, 61b and is sandwiched between the pair of first regions 61a, 61b.
  • the angle ⁇ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 is equal to or less than a first threshold
  • the amount of light increases in the third region 63a
  • the second state in which the angle ⁇ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 is greater than a second threshold the amount of light does not increase.
  • the larger the angle between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 the greater the distance between the pair of first regions 61a, 61b.
  • connection region 64a of the third region 63a is connected to the second region 62a, 62b, so that the second region 62a, 62b and the third region 63a that are increased in light are integrated, and the driver's discomfort can be suppressed compared to when the third region 63a is separated from the second region 62a, 62b.
  • connection region 64a tends to become larger as the distance between the adjacent first regions 61a, 61b increases, and the larger the connection region 64a, the larger the amount of increased light in the third region 63a tends to be.
  • the control device CO, program, and vehicle headlamp 1 of the lighting unit according to the present embodiment in the second state, that is, when the distance between the pair of first regions 61a, 61b is large, the third region 63a is not increased in light. Therefore, compared to when the third region 63a is brightened regardless of the angle ⁇ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2, it is possible to prevent the amount of brightening in the third region 63a from becoming too large, and it is possible to prevent an increase in energy consumption.
  • the second threshold value is greater than the first threshold value. Therefore, according to the control device CO, program, and vehicle headlamp 1 of the present embodiment as the first to third aspects, compared to when the second threshold value is the same as the first threshold value, it is possible to reduce the frequency of switching between a state in which the light amount of the third region 63a is increased and a state in which the light amount of the third region 63a is not increased, and it is possible to suppress the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in the light distribution pattern.
  • the third region 63a includes everything within the smallest rectangular frame 70a that surrounds the pair of first regions 61a, 61b except for the first regions 61a, 61b and the second regions 62a, 62b. Therefore, according to the control device CO, program, and vehicle headlamp 1 of the present embodiment as the first to third aspects, it is possible to prevent the vicinity of the pair of first regions 61a, 61b from appearing dark, compared to when the third region 63a is a part of the rectangular frame 70a.
  • the total amount of light that decreases in the multiple first regions 61a, 61b, 61c is the same as the total amount of light that increases in the multiple second regions 62a, 62b, 62c and the third regions 63a, 63b. Therefore, according to the control device CO, program, and vehicle headlamp 1 of the present embodiment as the first to third aspects, the increase in energy consumption can be suppressed compared to the case where the total amount of light that increases in the multiple second regions 62a, 62b, 62c and the third regions 63a, 63b is greater than the total amount of light that decreases in the multiple first regions 61a, 61b, 61c.
  • the control device CO of this embodiment as the first aspect controls the lamp unit 10 so as not to increase the amount of light in the third area 63a until the first period has elapsed since the first state is reached in a state in which the amount of light in the third area 63a is not increased compared to when the specified object is not located in front of the vehicle 100.
  • the control device CO of this embodiment as the first aspect controls the lamp unit 10 so as to increase the amount of light in the third area 63a compared to when the specified object is not located in front of the vehicle 100 when the first period has elapsed and the lamp unit is in the first state.
  • the angle ⁇ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 when the first threshold is exceeded and the first state is reached is a value close to the first threshold. Therefore, even if the first state is reached, the first state may soon be lost.
  • the control device CO, program, and vehicle headlamp 1 of the present embodiment as the first to third aspects, the light amount of the third region 63a remains unincreased until the first period has elapsed since the first state is reached, and if the first state is reached after the first period has elapsed, the light amount of the third region 63a increases. Therefore, the frequency with which the light amount of the third region 63a changes can be reduced compared to when the light amount of the third region 63a increases when the first state is reached. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in the light distribution pattern.
  • the control device CO of this embodiment controls the lighting unit 10 to increase the amount of light in the third area 63a until the second period has elapsed since the second state is entered in a state in which the amount of light in the third area 63a is increased compared to when the specified object is not located in front of the vehicle 100. Furthermore, the control device CO of this embodiment as a first aspect controls the lighting unit 10 to not increase the amount of light in the third area 63a compared to when the specified object is not located in front of the vehicle 100 when the second state is entered after the second period has elapsed.
  • the second state may soon be discontinued.
  • the control device CO, program, and vehicle headlamp 1 of the present embodiment as the first to third aspects, the light amount of the third region 63a remains increased until the second period has elapsed since the second state is entered, and if the second state is entered when the second period has elapsed, the light amount of the third region 63a is not increased. Therefore, the frequency with which the light amount of the third region 63a changes can be reduced compared to when the light amount of the third region 63a is not increased when the second state is entered. This can therefore suppress the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in the light distribution pattern.
  • the detection device 120 can detect other vehicles as a predetermined object.
  • the operation of the process of changing the amount of light in the third region in the control device CO differs from that in the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing the operation of the process of changing the amount of light in the third region in the control device CO of this embodiment.
  • the operation of the light distribution change process of the control device CO of this embodiment differs from the operation of the light distribution change process of the control device CO of the first embodiment in that it further includes step SP35. For this reason, only step SP35 will be described, and a description of steps SP21 to SP32 will be omitted.
  • Step SP35 This step is performed when the angle ⁇ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 for a pair of adjacent first regions is in the second state even after the first period has elapsed since step SP26 in step SP28. This step is performed when the next step is changed depending on information related to a predetermined object input from the detection device 120.
  • control device CO advances the control flow to step SP29 if the specified object for the pair of first regions is not another vehicle, or if the specified object is another vehicle but the vertical plane passing through the vehicle 100 and one of the specified objects does not intersect with the other specified object. Therefore, if the state is still the second state when the first period has elapsed since the change to the second state, the third region for the pair of first regions changes to a second emission state in which the amount of light is not increased.
  • the control device CO returns the control flow to step SP26. Therefore, despite the change to the second state, the third region for the pair of first regions is maintained in the first emission state with the increased light amount.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram similar to FIG. 6 showing an example of the ADB light distribution pattern P1 in the second state of this embodiment.
  • the predetermined objects OB1 and OB3 corresponding to the pair of first regions 61a and 61c are other vehicles, and are preceding vehicles traveling in roughly the same direction as the vehicle 100.
  • a vertical plane 75 passing through the vehicle 100 and one of the predetermined objects OB1 is shown by a dashed line. As shown in FIG. 11, the vertical plane 75 intersects with the other predetermined object OB3.
  • the control device CO controls the lamp unit 10 so that the light amount of the third region 63b is maintained in such a state.
  • the two predetermined objects OB1 and OB3 are either preceding vehicles or oncoming vehicles as shown in FIG. 11.
  • one of the objects is located just before entering an uphill slope from flat ground and the other is located on an uphill slope.
  • one of the objects is located just before entering flat ground from a downhill slope and the other is located on flat ground.
  • the operation of the process of changing the light amount of the third region in the control device CO included steps SP21 to SP32 or steps SP21 to SP32 and step SP35.
  • this operation is not limited to this.
  • this operation does not have to include steps SP28 and SP31.
  • step SP27 in the first embodiment if the control device CO changes to the second state in the first emission state, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP25.
  • step SP30 in the second embodiment if the control device CO changes to the first state in the second emission state, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP32.
  • step SP30 in the first and second embodiments if the control device CO changes to the first state in the second emission state, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP32. Also, in step SP23, the control device CO may advance the control flow to step SP24 if the state is not the second state, and advance the control flow to step SP25 if the state is the second state. Also, in the first and second embodiments, the second emission state is a state in which the amount of light in the third region is not increased compared to when the predetermined object is not located in front of the vehicle 100, and the amount of light in the third region is the same as when the predetermined object is not located in front of the vehicle 100.
  • the second emission state may be a state in which the amount of light in the third region is not increased compared to when the predetermined object is not located in front of the vehicle 100, and may be, for example, a state in which the amount of light in at least a part of the third region is reduced compared to when the predetermined object is not located.
  • the control device CO controls the lamp unit 10 so that the amount of light in a first region of the high beam light distribution pattern PH that overlaps with at least a portion of the predetermined object is reduced and the amount of light in a second region surrounding the first region is increased, compared to when the predetermined object is not located in front of the vehicle 100.
  • the light distribution pattern in which the light amount of the first region 61a, 61b, 61c, the second region 62a, 62b, 62c, and the third region 63a, 63b is changed is not limited.
  • this light distribution pattern may be an additional light distribution pattern that is added to the low beam light distribution pattern to form the high beam light distribution pattern.
  • the low beam is emitted from a lamp unit other than the lamp unit 10, and the lamp unit 10 emits light of the additional light distribution pattern.
  • the light source unit 12 having a plurality of light-emitting elements 13 capable of individually changing the amount of light emitted has been described as an example.
  • the light source unit 12 is not limited to this.
  • the light source unit 12 may have a DMD (Digital Mirror Device) including a plurality of reflective elements arranged in a matrix, and a light-emitting unit that irradiates light onto the DMD.
  • the DMD is capable of adjusting the amount of light emitted in a specified direction from the reflective surface of each reflective element, and can form a light distribution pattern according to the amount of light emitted in a specified direction from each reflective element.
  • the vehicle 100 including a pair of vehicle headlights 1 each having a control device CO and a memory ME has been described as an example.
  • at least one of the control device CO and the memory ME may be shared by the pair of vehicle headlights 1.
  • the signal output from the detection device 120 may be input to the control device CO without passing through the ECU 101 of the vehicle 100.
  • the vehicle equipped with the vehicle headlight 1 may be, for example, a two-wheeled vehicle.
  • the number of vehicle headlights 1 equipped on the vehicle is not limited and may be, for example, one.
  • the detection device 120 can detect other vehicles as a predetermined object. Also, in this embodiment, the ADB light distribution pattern is mainly different from the ADB light distribution pattern in the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram similar to FIG. 5 showing an example of an ADB light distribution pattern in this embodiment, and shows the ADB light distribution pattern when three preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3 and two oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2, which are predetermined objects, are located in front of the vehicle 100.
  • the situation shown in FIG. 12 is a situation in which the vehicle 100 is located just before entering an uphill slope from flat ground, the two preceding vehicles LV1, LV2 and the two oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2 are located on flat ground, and one preceding vehicle LV3 is located on an uphill slope.
  • the light amount of the first regions 61a, 61b, 61c that overlap at least a portion of the preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3 is less than the light amount of the first regions 61a, 61b, 61c in the high beam light distribution pattern PH.
  • the light amount of the first regions 61d, 61e that overlap at least a portion of the oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2 is less than the light amount of the first regions 61d, 61e in the high beam light distribution pattern PH.
  • the amount of light irradiated to the preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3 and the oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2 can be reduced, thereby suppressing glare to the drivers of the preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3 and the oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2.
  • the first regions 61a to 61e in this embodiment are light-shielded regions where light is not irradiated, but are not limited thereto.
  • the first regions 61a, 61b, 61c are rectangular and overlap the license plates of the preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3, and the first regions 61d, 61e are rectangular and overlap the license plates of the oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2.
  • the first regions 61a, 61b, 61c overlap at least a portion of the viewing area through which the drivers of the preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3 view outside the vehicle
  • the first regions 61d, 61e overlap at least a portion of the viewing area through which the drivers of the oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2 view outside the vehicle.
  • the first region 61a and the first region 61b are adjacent to each other, and the first region 61b and the first region 61c are adjacent to each other.
  • the oncoming vehicle group OVS consisting of first regions 61d and 61e that overlap with the oncoming vehicles OV1 and OV2
  • the first region 61b and the first region 61c are adjacent to each other.
  • the second region 62a is a region surrounding the first region 61a
  • the second region 62b is a region surrounding the first region 61b
  • the second region 62c is a region surrounding the first region 61c
  • the second region 62d is a region surrounding the first region 61d
  • the second region 62e is a region surrounding the first region 61e.
  • the light amount of the second regions 62a to 62e is greater than the light amount of the second regions 62a to 62e in the high beam light distribution pattern PH. Therefore, according to the vehicle headlamp 1 of this embodiment, it is possible to prevent the surroundings of the darkened first regions 61a to 61e from appearing dark, and to prevent a decrease in visibility ahead of the vehicle 100.
  • the width of the second regions 62a to 62e is roughly constant, but it does not have to be constant.
  • the light amount of the third regions 63a, 63b, and 63c is greater than the light amount of the third regions 63a, 63b, and 63c in the high beam light distribution pattern PH.
  • the third regions 63a and 63c are hatched with diagonal lines, and the third region 63b is hatched with dots.
  • the third region 63a is connected to the second regions 62a, 62b surrounding the pair of first regions 61a, 61b in the preceding vehicle group LVS, and is a region including a connection region 64a sandwiched between the pair of first regions 61a, 61b.
  • the third region 63b is connected to the second regions 62a, 62c surrounding the pair of first regions 61a, 61c in the preceding vehicle group LVS, and is a region including a connection region 64a sandwiched between the pair of first regions 61a, 61c.
  • the third region 63a includes everything except the first regions 61a, 61b and the second regions 62a, 62b within the smallest rectangular frame 70La surrounding the pair of first regions 61a, 61b.
  • the third region 63b includes everything in the smallest rectangular frame 70Lb that surrounds the pair of first regions 61a, 61c, except for the first regions 61a, 61c and the second regions 62a, 62c.
  • the third region 63a is everything in the smallest rectangular frame that surrounds the second regions 62a, 62b, except for the first regions 61a, 61b and the second regions 62a, 62b.
  • the third region 63b is everything in the smallest rectangular frame that surrounds the second regions 62a, 62c, except for the first regions 61a, 61c and the second regions 62a, 62c.
  • the shapes of the third regions 63a, 63b are not limited.
  • the third region 63c is connected to the second regions 62a, 62b surrounding the pair of first regions 61d, 61e in the pair OVS for oncoming vehicles, and includes a connection region 64c sandwiched between the pair of first regions 61d, 61e.
  • the third region 63c includes everything other than the first regions 61d, 61e and the second regions 62d, 62e within the smallest rectangular frame 70O surrounding the pair of first regions 61d, 61e.
  • the third region 63c is everything other than the first regions 61d, 61e and the second regions 62d, 62e within the smallest rectangular frame surrounding the second regions 62d, 62e.
  • the shape of the third region 63c is not limited.
  • the light amount of a non-specific region 66 which is a region other than the first region 61a-61e, the second region 62a-62e, and the third region 63a, 63b, 63c, is the same as the light amount of the non-specific region 66 in the high beam light distribution pattern PH
  • the light intensity distribution of the non-specific region 66 in the ADB light distribution pattern P1 is the same as the light intensity distribution of the non-specific region 66 in the high beam light distribution pattern PH.
  • the non-specific region 66 is a region in which the light amount does not change from when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not positioned in front of the vehicle 100.
  • the non-specific area 66 is located between the second areas 62a, 62b, 62c that surround the first areas 61a, 61b, 61c that overlap the preceding vehicles LV1 to LV3, and the second areas 62d, 62e that surround the first areas 61d, 61e that overlap the oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2.
  • the non-specific area 66 crosses between the second areas 62a, 62b, 62c and the second areas 62d, 62e, and the second areas 62a, 62b, 62c and the second areas 62d, 62e are not connected by the area where the amount of light is increased.
  • the total amount of light that decreases in the first regions 61a to 61d is the same as the total amount of light that increases in the second regions 62a to 62d and the third regions 63a, 63b, and 63c.
  • the total amount of light that decreases in the first regions 61a to 61d may be different from the total amount of light that increases in the second regions 62a to 62d and the third regions 63a, 63b, and 63c.
  • the light increase rate is constant throughout the second regions 62a to 62d and the third regions 63a, 63b, and 63c.
  • the light increase rate does not have to be constant throughout the second regions 62a to 62d and the third regions 63a, 63b, and 63c.
  • the amount of light increase per unit area may be constant throughout the second regions 62a to 62d and the third regions 63a, 63b, and 63c.
  • the second regions 62a-62c and the third regions 63a and 63b may also have the same brightness, and with this configuration, the boundaries between the second regions 62a-62c and the third regions 63a and 63b may be difficult to see.
  • the second regions 62d and 62e and the third region 63c may also have the same brightness, and with this configuration, the boundaries between the second regions 62d and 62e and the third region 63c may be difficult to see.
  • the third region is an area that includes a connection area for each pair of adjacent first regions in a group of multiple first regions that overlap with one of the multiple preceding and oncoming vehicles.
  • Figure 13 is a diagram similar to Figure 12, showing an example of another ADB light distribution pattern in this embodiment.
  • the situation shown in Figure 13 is a situation in which, in the situation shown in Figure 12, the oncoming vehicle OV2 is not located in front of the vehicle 100, and three preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3 and one oncoming vehicle OV1 are located in front of the vehicle 100.
  • the light amount of the first regions 61a-61c that overlap with at least a portion of the preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3 is less than the light amount of the first regions 61a-61c in the high beam light distribution pattern PH.
  • the light amount of the first region 61d that overlaps with at least a portion of the oncoming vehicle OV1 is less than the light amount of the first region 61d in the high beam light distribution pattern PH.
  • the amount of light in the second regions 62a-62d that individually surround the first regions 61a-61d is greater than the amount of light in the second regions 62a-62d in the high beam light distribution pattern PH.
  • the non-specific region 66 is located between the second regions 62a-62c that surround the first regions 61a-61c that overlap the preceding vehicles LV1-LV3, and the second region 62d that surrounds the first region 61d that overlaps the oncoming vehicles OV1 and OV2.
  • the total amount of light that decreases in the first regions 61a to 61d is the same as the total amount of light that increases in the second regions 62a to 62d and the third regions 63a and 63b.
  • the total amount of light that decreases in the first regions 61a to 61d may be different from the total amount of light that increases in the second regions 62a to 62d and the third regions 63a and 63b.
  • the light increase rate is constant throughout the second regions 62a to 62d and the third regions 63a and 63b, but it does not have to be constant.
  • the amount of light increase per unit area may be constant throughout the second regions 62a to 62d and the third regions 63a and 63b.
  • the brightness of the second regions 62a and 62c may be the same as that of the third region 63b.
  • the light intensity of the third regions 63a, 63b of such ADB light distribution patterns P3, P4 increases when certain requirements are met, and does not increase when certain requirements are not met, resulting in the same light intensity as when the preceding vehicle and oncoming vehicle are not positioned in front of the vehicle 100.
  • the light intensity of the third regions 63a, 63b does not increase depending on the relative positions of the vehicle 100 and the preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3.
  • the light intensity of the third region 63c of the ADB light distribution pattern P1 does not increase depending on the relative positions of the vehicle 100 and the oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic diagram showing the situation shown in Figure 12, and is a schematic diagram showing vehicle 100, preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3, and oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2 from above.
  • the light amount of a third region including a connection region for a pair of adjacent first regions in the preceding vehicle set LVS increases in a first state in which an angle ⁇ between a first direction D1 from vehicle 100 toward a preceding vehicle overlapping one of the pair of first regions and a second direction D2 from vehicle 100 toward a preceding vehicle overlapping the other of the pair of first regions is less than or equal to a first threshold.
  • the light amount of the third region does not increase in a second state in which the angle ⁇ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 is greater than a second threshold that is greater than or equal to the first threshold.
  • 14 shows a first direction D1 from the vehicle 100 toward the preceding vehicle LV1 overlapping one of the pair of first regions 61a, 61b, and a second direction D2 from the vehicle 100 toward the preceding vehicle LV2 overlapping the other.
  • the light amount of a third region including the connection region for a pair of adjacent first regions in the oncoming vehicle set OVS increases in a first state in which the angle ⁇ between the first direction D1 from the vehicle 100 toward the oncoming vehicle overlapping one of the pair of first regions and the second direction D2 toward the oncoming vehicle overlapping the other is equal to or smaller than a first threshold.
  • the light amount of the third region does not increase in a second state in which the angle ⁇ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 is greater than a second threshold, which is equal to or larger than the first threshold.
  • a state in which the amount of light in the third region is increased compared to when there is no preceding vehicle or oncoming vehicle is referred to as a first emission state
  • a state in which the amount of light in the third region is not increased compared to when there is no preceding vehicle or oncoming vehicle and the amount of light in the third region is the same as when there is no preceding vehicle or oncoming vehicle is referred to as a second emission state.
  • the angle ⁇ between the pair of adjacent first regions in the preceding vehicle group LVS and the angle ⁇ between the pair of adjacent first regions in the oncoming vehicle group OVS are in a first state that is equal to or less than a first threshold value.
  • the second threshold is greater than the first threshold.
  • the first threshold is, for example, 2 degrees or more and 3 degrees or less, and the second threshold is, for example, 5 degrees or more and 6 degrees or less, but the first threshold and the second threshold are not limited.
  • FIG. 15 is a diagram similar to FIG. 12 showing another example of an ADB light distribution pattern in this embodiment.
  • the situation shown in FIG. 15 is a situation in which, in the situation shown in FIG. 12, only the state of the angle ⁇ between the adjacent first regions 61a, 61b is in the second state, which is greater than the second threshold value.
  • the light amount of the third region 63a including the connection region 64a between the pair of first regions 61a, 61b does not increase.
  • the total amount of light that decreases in the first regions 61a to 61d is the same as the total amount of light that increases in the second regions 62a to 62d and the third regions 63b, 63c.
  • the total amount of light that decreases in the first regions 61a to 61d may be different from the total amount of light that increases in the second regions 62a to 62d and the third regions 63b, 63c.
  • the light increase rate is constant throughout the second regions 62a to 62d and the third regions 63b, 63c, but it does not have to be constant.
  • the amount of light increase per unit area may be constant throughout the second regions 62a to 62d and the third regions 63b, 63c.
  • the second regions 62a and 62c may have the same brightness as the third region 63b
  • the second regions 62d and 62e may have the same brightness as the third region 63c.
  • the amount of light in the third region which includes the connection region to the pair of first regions, is kept in the increased first emission state, or in the unincreased second emission state.
  • the operation of the light distribution change process of the control device CO which changes the ADB light distribution pattern according to the angle ⁇ , is the same as that in the first embodiment shown in FIG. 9, and a description of this operation will be omitted.
  • the vehicle headlamp 1 of the present embodiment as a sixth aspect includes a lamp unit 10 and a control device CO, and the program of the present embodiment as the fifth aspect causes the control device CO to execute steps SP21 to SP32.
  • the control device CO of the present embodiment as a third aspect controls the lamp unit 10 to reduce the amount of light in the first regions 61a to 61e and to increase the amount of light in the second regions 62a to 62e and the third regions 63a, 63b, 63c of the high beam light distribution pattern PH when multiple preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3 and multiple oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2 are located in front of the vehicle 100, compared to when the preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3 and oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2 are not located in front of the vehicle 100.
  • the first regions 61a-61c overlap at least partially with the preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, and LV3, and the first regions 61d and 61e overlap at least partially with the oncoming vehicles OV1 and OV2, respectively.
  • the second regions 62a-62e surround the first regions 61a-61e individually.
  • the third regions 63a, 63b are regions including connection regions 64a, 64b that are connected to second regions surrounding adjacent first regions and sandwiched between the adjacent first regions in the preceding vehicle group LVS consisting of first regions 61a-61c that overlap with the preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3.
  • the third region 63c is a region including connection region 64c that is connected to second regions surrounding adjacent first regions and sandwiched between the adjacent first regions in the preceding vehicle group LVS consisting of first regions 61d, 61e that overlap with the oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2. This makes it possible to prevent the space between adjacent first regions from appearing dark in both the preceding vehicle group LVS and the oncoming vehicle group OVS.
  • connection regions 64a-64c are connected to the second regions 62a-62e, the brightened second regions 62a-62c and the third regions 63a, 63b are integrated, which can reduce the driver's sense of discomfort compared to when the third regions 63a, 63b are separated from the second regions 62a-62c.
  • the traveling directions of preceding vehicles and oncoming vehicles are generally the same, so the amount of relative movement tends to be small.
  • the light intensity is increased in the third region 63a, 63b including the connection regions 64a, 64b in the group LVS for preceding vehicles, and in the third region 63c including the connection region 64c in the group OVS for oncoming vehicles.
  • the connection regions 64a to 64c tend to be difficult to change.
  • the traveling directions of the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are generally opposite, so the amount of relative movement tends to be large.
  • a non-specific area 66 is located between the second areas 62a to 62c surrounding the first areas 61a to 61c overlapping the preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3 and the second areas 62d, 62e surrounding the first areas 61d, 61e overlapping the oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2.
  • the non-specific area 66 is an area in which the amount of light does not change even when the preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3 and the oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2 are not located in front of the vehicle 100. Therefore, the area between the first area overlapping the preceding vehicle and the first area overlapping the oncoming vehicle and connected to each of the second areas surrounding these first areas does not increase. Therefore, the change in the shape of the third areas 63a, 63b, 63c can be suppressed compared to the case in which the amount of light in this area increases. Therefore, compared to this case, changes in the light distribution pattern can be suppressed, and the driver's annoyance caused by the changes in the light distribution pattern can be suppressed.
  • the third area when there are multiple preceding vehicles and one oncoming vehicle is an area including a connection area that is sandwiched between adjacent first areas and connected to each of the second areas surrounding the adjacent first areas in a set of multiple first areas that overlap with one of the preceding vehicles and the oncoming vehicles. Therefore, in a set of multiple first areas that overlap with one of the preceding vehicles and the oncoming vehicles, the area between adjacent first areas can be prevented from appearing dark. Also, the increased second area and third area are integrated, and the driver can be prevented from feeling uncomfortable compared to when the third area is separated from the second area.
  • a non-specific area 66 is located between the second area surrounding the first area overlapping the preceding vehicle and the second area surrounding the first area overlapping the oncoming vehicle. Therefore, the amount of light in the area sandwiched between the first area overlapping the preceding vehicle and the first area overlapping the oncoming vehicle and connected to each of the second areas surrounding these two first areas does not increase. Therefore, compared to when the amount of light in this area is increased, the change in the shape of the third area can be suppressed. Therefore, compared to this case, the change in the light distribution pattern can be suppressed, and the driver's annoyance caused by the change in the light distribution pattern can be suppressed.
  • the total amount of light that decreases in the first regions 61a to 61e is the same as the total amount of light that increases in the second regions 62a to 62e and the third regions 63a, 63b, and 63c. Therefore, according to the control device CO, program, and vehicle headlamp 1 of this embodiment as the fourth to ninth aspects, the increase in energy consumption can be suppressed compared to when the total amount of light that increases in the second regions 62a to 62e and the third regions 63a, 63b, and 63c is greater than the total amount of light that decreases in the first regions 61a and 61b.
  • the control device CO of the present embodiment as the fourth and seventh aspects controls the lamp unit 10 to increase the amount of light in the third area including the connection area to the pair of first areas in a first state in which the angle ⁇ between the first direction D1 from the vehicle 100 toward a preceding vehicle or an oncoming vehicle that overlaps with one of the pair of adjacent first areas in the preceding vehicle group LVS and the oncoming vehicle group OVS is less than or equal to a first threshold value.
  • the control device CO of the present embodiment as the fourth and seventh aspects controls the lamp unit 10 to not increase the amount of light in the third area to the pair of first areas in a second state in which the angle ⁇ between the pair of first areas is greater than a second threshold value that is greater than or equal to the first threshold value.
  • connection region is connected to the second region as described above, the greater the distance between the pair of first regions, the greater the tendency for the connection region to become larger. If the connection region becomes larger and the third region including the connection region becomes brighter, the amount of light increase in the third region tends to increase.
  • the control device CO, program, and vehicle headlamp 1 of the present embodiment in the second state, that is, when the distance between the pair of first regions is far, the amount of light increase in the third region including the connection region for the pair of first regions does not increase.
  • the second threshold value is greater than the first threshold value. Therefore, according to the control device CO, program, and vehicle headlamp 1 of this embodiment, the fourth to ninth aspects, the frequency with which the light amount of the connection area to the pair of first areas changes can be reduced compared to when the second threshold value is the same as the first threshold value. This can therefore prevent the driver from feeling annoyed by changes in the light distribution pattern.
  • the second threshold value may be the same as the first threshold value.
  • the control device CO of the present embodiment as the fourth and seventh aspects controls the lighting unit 10 so as not to increase the amount of light in the third region, including the connection region to the pair of first regions, until the first period has elapsed since the first state has been reached without increasing the amount of light in the third region, including the connection region to the pair of first regions.
  • the control device CO of the present embodiment as the fourth and seventh aspects controls the lighting unit 10 so as to increase the amount of light in the third region, including the connection region to the pair of first regions, if the first state has been reached after the first period has elapsed.
  • the angle between the first direction and the second direction when the first threshold is exceeded and the first state is reached is a value close to the first threshold. Therefore, even if the first state is reached, the first state may soon be lost.
  • the amount of light in the connection area for the pair of first areas remains unincreased until the first period has elapsed since the first state is reached, and if the second state is reached after the first period has elapsed, the amount of light in this connection area increases. Therefore, the frequency with which the amount of light in the connection area changes can be reduced compared to when the amount of light in the connection area increases when the first state is reached. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in the light distribution pattern.
  • the control device CO of the present embodiment as the fourth and seventh aspects controls the lighting unit 10 to increase the amount of light in the third region, including the connection region to the pair of first regions, until the second period has elapsed since the second state is reached with the amount of light increased in the third region, which includes the connection region to the pair of first regions.
  • the control device CO of the present embodiment as the fourth and seventh aspects controls the lighting unit 10 not to increase the amount of light in the connection region to the pair of first regions if the second state is reached after the second period has elapsed.
  • the second state may soon be discontinued.
  • the control device CO, program, and vehicle headlamp 1 of the present embodiment as the fourth to ninth aspects, the light amount of the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions remains increased until the second period has elapsed since the second state is entered, and if the second state is entered when the second period has elapsed, the light amount of the third region is not increased. Therefore, the frequency with which the light amount of the third region changes can be reduced compared to when the light amount of the third region is not increased when the second state is entered. This can prevent the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in the light distribution pattern.
  • the ADB light distribution pattern in a situation where multiple preceding vehicles and multiple oncoming vehicles are located in front of the vehicle 100 differs from the ADB light distribution pattern in the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 16 is a diagram similar to FIG. 12, showing an example of an ADB light distribution pattern in this embodiment.
  • the situation shown in FIG. 16 is similar to the situation shown in FIG. 12, in which three preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3 and two oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2 are located in front of the vehicle 100.
  • the angle ⁇ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 for the adjacent first regions in the preceding vehicle group LVS, and the angle ⁇ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 for the adjacent first regions in the oncoming vehicle group OVS are in a first state that is equal to or less than a first threshold value.
  • the light intensity is increased in the third regions 63a and 63b in the group LVS for preceding vehicles and in the third region 63c in the group OVS for oncoming vehicles.
  • the third region in which the light intensity is increased is the third regions 63a and 63b in the group LVS for preceding vehicles, and does not include the third region 63c in the group OVS for oncoming vehicles.
  • control device CO controls the lamp unit 10 so that the light intensity of the third regions 63a and 63b in the group LVS for preceding vehicles is increased and the light intensity of the third region 63c in the group OVS for oncoming vehicles does not change from the case in which the preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, and LV3 and the oncoming vehicles OV1 and OV2 are not located in front of the vehicle 100.
  • the preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3 tend to be difficult to move relative to the vehicle 100, while the oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2 tend to be easy to move relative to the vehicle 100.
  • the first regions 61d, 61e that overlap with the oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2 tend to be easy to move, and the shape of the above-mentioned third region 63c in the oncoming vehicle set OVS tends to change easily.
  • the control device CO, program, and vehicle headlamp 1 of this embodiment it is possible to suppress changes in the shape of the third region 63c, and to suppress the driver from feeling annoyed by changes in the light distribution pattern.
  • the light intensity of at least one of the third regions 63a, 63b in the group LVS for the preceding vehicle and the third region 63c in the group OVS for the oncoming vehicle may be increased. Therefore, the light intensity of the third region 63c in the group OVS for the oncoming vehicle may be increased, and the light intensity of the third regions 63a, 63b in the group LVS for the preceding vehicle may not be increased.
  • control device CO may control the lamp unit 10 to increase the light intensity of the third region in one of the group LVS for the preceding vehicle and the group OVS for the oncoming vehicle, and to keep the light intensity of the third region in the other group unchanged from when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle 100.
  • the operation of the process of changing the light amount in the third region in the control device CO is the same as that in the second embodiment shown in FIG. 10, and a description of that operation will be omitted.
  • FIG. 17 is a diagram similar to FIG. 12 showing an example of the ADB light distribution pattern of this embodiment.
  • the situation shown in FIG. 17 is a situation in which only the state of the angle ⁇ corresponding to the pair of adjacent first regions 61a, 61c is in the second state greater than the second threshold value.
  • a vertical plane 75 passing through one of the two preceding vehicles LV1, LV3 where the pair of first regions 61a, 61c overlap and the vehicle 100 is shown by a dashed line. As shown in FIG. 17, the vertical plane 75 intersects with the other preceding vehicle LV3.
  • the control device CO controls the lamp unit 10 so that the light amount of the third region 63b is maintained.
  • the angle ⁇ becomes difficult to change, and when vehicle 100 is located on flat ground, the angle ⁇ tends to become smaller. In other words, in these situations, even if the angle ⁇ is large, the angle ⁇ tends to become small. Therefore, according to the control device CO, program, and vehicle headlamp 1 of this embodiment, in such a situation, the amount of light in the third region 63b can be increased, and the decrease in visibility can be suppressed while suppressing the increase in energy consumption.
  • the operation of the process of changing the light amount in the third region in the control device CO differs from that in the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing the operation of the process of changing the light amount in the third region in the control device CO of this embodiment.
  • the operation of changing the light amount in the third region of the control device CO differs from that of the third embodiment in that it includes steps SP42, SP43, SP46 to SP52 instead of SP22, SP23, SP26 to SP32. For this reason, steps SP42, SP43, SP46 to SP52 will be explained, and an explanation of steps SP21, SP24, and SP25 will be omitted.
  • Step SP42 This step is a step of acquiring the relative speed between the new vehicle and another vehicle overlapping a first area adjacent to the first area overlapping the new vehicle.
  • the control device CO calculates the above-mentioned relative speed with respect to the pair of adjacent first areas based on information related to the other vehicle input from the detection device 120.
  • the detection device 120 may calculate the relative speed and output a signal indicating the relative speed to the control device CO, and in this case, the control device CO acquires the relative speed from the signal.
  • Step SP43 This step is a step in which the next step is different depending on the relative speed acquired in step SP42.
  • the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP24.
  • the state in which the relative speed is equal to or less than the first speed is referred to as the third state.
  • the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP25.
  • the state is not the third state, it includes a fourth state in which the relative speed is greater than the second speed, which is equal to or greater than the first speed, and a case in which the relative speed is greater than the first speed and equal to or less than the second speed, rather than the third and fourth states.
  • the first speed is greater than the second speed.
  • the first speed is, for example, equal to or less than 5 km per hour
  • the second speed is, for example, equal to or more than 10 km per hour, but the first speed and the second speed are not limited.
  • Step SP46 In this step, similar to step SP42, the control device CO calculates the relative speed with respect to the pair of first regions based on the information related to the other vehicle input from the detection device 120.
  • Step SP47 This step is a step in which the next step is changed depending on the relative velocity acquired in step SP46 and the reference value for the pair of first regions stored in the memory ME.
  • the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP48 when the reference value is "1" and the relative velocity is in the fourth state greater than the second velocity, that is, when the first emission state changes to the fourth state.
  • the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP50 when the reference value is "1" and the relative velocity is equal to or less than the second velocity, or when the reference value is "2".
  • Step SP48 This step is a step of acquiring the relative speed for the pair of first regions after the third period has elapsed since step SP46, and changing the next step depending on the relative speed.
  • the third period is, for example, 0.5 seconds or more and 1.0 seconds or less, but is not limited thereto.
  • the control device CO calculates the relative speed in the same manner as in step SP46. Then, if the relative speed is greater than the second speed, that is, if the fourth state is still in place after the first period has elapsed since step SP46, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP49.
  • the control device CO returns the control flow to step SP46. Therefore, the light amount of the third region relative to the pair of first regions is maintained in an increased state.
  • Step SP49 This step is a step of changing the third region to the second emission state.
  • the control device CO controls the lamp unit 10 so that the light amount of the third region returns to the light amount of the third region when another vehicle is not located in front of the vehicle 100.
  • the fourth state when the fourth state is reached after the third period has elapsed since the first emission state was changed to the fourth state, the third region for the pair of first regions is in the second emission state.
  • the control device CO rewrites the reference value stored in the memory ME to "2", which indicates the second emission state. After this step, the control device CO returns the control flow to step SP46.
  • Step SP50 This step is a step in which the next step is made different depending on the relative speed acquired in step SP46 and the reference value stored in the memory ME.
  • the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP51.
  • the control device CO returns the control flow to step SP46. Therefore, when the first emission state is not the fourth state, the third region relative to the pair of first regions is maintained as increased. Also, when the second emission state is not the third state, the light amount of the third region relative to the pair of first regions is maintained in an unincreased state.
  • Step SP51 This step is a step of acquiring the relative speed after the fourth period has elapsed since step SP46, and changing the next step depending on the relative speed.
  • the fourth period is, for example, 0.5 seconds or more and 1.0 seconds or less, but is not limited thereto.
  • the fourth period may be the same as or different from the third period.
  • the control device CO calculates the relative speed in the same manner as in step SP46. Then, if the acquired relative speed is equal to or less than the first speed, that is, if the state is the third state even after the fourth period has elapsed since step SP46, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP52.
  • the control device CO returns the control flow to step SP46. Therefore, the light amount of the third region relative to the pair of first regions is maintained in a state in which it is not increased.
  • Step SP52 This step is a step of changing the third region to the first emission state.
  • the lamp unit 10 is controlled so that the amount of light in the third region is increased compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle 100.
  • the third region for the pair of first regions is in the first emission state.
  • the control device CO rewrites the reference value stored in the memory ME to "1", which indicates the first emission state. After this step, the control device CO returns the control flow to step SP46.
  • the ADB light distribution pattern changes depending on the relative speed with respect to a pair of adjacent first regions.
  • the manner in which the third region is put into the first emission state in which the amount of light is increased there are no limitations on the manner in which the third region is put into the first emission state in which the amount of light is increased, and the manner in which the third region is put into the second emission state in which the amount of light is not increased.
  • the amount of light in the third region may decrease over time to become the amount of light in the third region in the high beam light distribution pattern PH, or the amount of light in the third region may decrease instantaneously to become the amount of light in the third region in the high beam light distribution pattern PH.
  • the amount of light in the third region may increase over time to a predetermined amount, or the amount of light in the third region may increase instantaneously to a predetermined amount.
  • the control device CO of this embodiment as the fourth and seventh aspects controls the lamp unit 10 to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions in a third state in which the relative speed between a preceding vehicle or oncoming vehicle overlapping one of a pair of adjacent first regions and a preceding vehicle or oncoming vehicle overlapping the other of the pair of first regions is equal to or less than a first speed in the preceding vehicle set LVS and the oncoming vehicle set OVS. Also, the control device CO of this embodiment controls the lamp unit 10 not to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions in a fourth state in which the relative speed to the pair of first regions is greater than a second speed that is equal to or greater than the first speed.
  • the connection region is connected to the second region as described above, when the distance between the pair of first regions changes, the shape of the third region including this connection region changes.
  • the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions is not increased. Therefore, compared to when the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions is increased regardless of the relative speed, it is possible to suppress changes in the shape of the third region, and to suppress the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in the light distribution pattern.
  • the control device CO of the present embodiment controls the lighting unit 10 so as not to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions until the third period has elapsed since the third state was entered without increasing the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions.
  • the control device CO of the present embodiment also controls the lighting unit 10 to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions if the third state is reached after the third period has elapsed.
  • the relative speed when the first speed is exceeded and the third state is reached is a value close to the first speed. Therefore, even if the third state is reached, the third state may soon be lost.
  • the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions does not increase until the third period has elapsed since the third state is reached, and if the third state is reached after the third period has elapsed, the amount of light in the third region including this connection region increases. Therefore, the frequency with which the amount of light in the third region changes can be reduced compared to when the amount of light in the third region including the connection region increases when the third state is reached. This can prevent the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in the light distribution pattern.
  • the control device CO of the present embodiment controls the lighting unit to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions until the fourth period has elapsed since the fourth state is reached in a state in which the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions is increasing.
  • the control device CO of the present embodiment also controls the lighting unit 10 not to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions if the fourth state is reached after the fourth period has elapsed.
  • the fourth state may soon be discontinued.
  • the light amount of the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions, remains increased until the fourth period has elapsed since the fourth state is entered, and if the fourth state is entered when the fourth period has elapsed, the light amount of this third region is not increased. Therefore, the frequency with which the light amount of the third region changes can be reduced compared to when the light amount of the third region is not increased when the fourth state is entered. This can therefore suppress the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in the light distribution pattern.
  • step SP35 is performed if, in step SP48, the relative speed corresponding to a specific adjacent first region is still in the fourth state even after the third period has elapsed since step SP46. Then, if the vertical plane 75 passing through one of the other vehicles and vehicle 100 of the pair of adjacent first regions overlapping does not intersect with the other other vehicle, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP49. Also, if the vertical plane 75 passing through one of the other vehicles and vehicle 100 of the pair of adjacent first regions overlapping intersects with the other other vehicle, the control device CO returns the control flow to step SP46.
  • the operation of the process of changing the light amount of the third region in the control device CO is not limited.
  • steps SP28, SP31, SP48, and SP51 may not be included.
  • the angle ⁇ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 and the relative speed are given as the predetermined requirements.
  • the light amount of the third region may be increased regardless of the predetermined requirements.
  • the second emission state is a state in which the light amount of the third region is not increased compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not positioned in front of the vehicle 100, and the light amount of the third region is the same as when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not positioned in front of the vehicle 100.
  • the second emission state may be a state in which the light amount of the third region is not increased compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not positioned in front of the vehicle 100, and may be a state in which the light amount of at least a part of the third region is reduced compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not positioned in front of the vehicle 100.
  • the light distribution pattern in which the amount of light in the first, second, and third regions is changed is not limited.
  • this light distribution pattern may be an additional light distribution pattern that forms a high beam light distribution pattern by being added to a low beam light distribution pattern.
  • the low beam is emitted from a lamp unit separate from the lamp unit 10, and the lamp unit 10 emits light of the additional light distribution pattern.
  • the light source unit 12 has a plurality of light-emitting elements 13 that can individually change the amount of light emitted.
  • the light source unit 12 is not limited to this.
  • the light source unit 12 may have a DMD that includes a plurality of reflecting elements arranged in a matrix and a light-emitting unit that irradiates light onto the DMD.
  • the vehicle 100 including a pair of vehicle headlights 1 each having a control device CO and a memory ME has been described as an example.
  • at least one of the control device CO and the memory ME may be shared by the pair of vehicle headlights 1.
  • the signal output from the detection device 120 may be input to the control device CO without passing through the ECU 101 of the vehicle 100.
  • the vehicle equipped with the vehicle headlight 1 may be, for example, a two-wheeled vehicle.
  • the number of vehicle headlights 1 equipped on the vehicle is not limited and may be, for example, one.
  • a lighting unit control device, program, and vehicle headlamp are provided that can suppress a decrease in visibility while suppressing an increase in energy consumption, and can be used in fields such as vehicle headlamp for automobiles, etc. Furthermore, according to the fourth to ninth aspects of the present invention, a lighting unit control device, program, and vehicle headlamp are provided that can suppress a decrease in visibility while suppressing annoyance felt by the driver due to changes in the light distribution pattern, and can be used in fields such as vehicle headlamp for automobiles, etc.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Lighting Device Outwards From Vehicle And Optical Signal (AREA)

Abstract

In the present invention, in a first state in which an angle (θ) between a first direction (D1) from a vehicle (100) toward a predetermined object (OB1) which overlaps one of a pair of adjacent first regions (61a, 61b) and a second direction (D2) from the vehicle (100) toward a predetermined object (OB2) which overlaps the other of the pair of first regions (61a, 61b) is equal to or less than a first threshold value, a control device (CO) controls a lamp unit (10) so as to increase the light amount in a third region (63a) that includes a connected region (64b) which is connected to respective second regions (62a, 62b) surrounding the pair of first regions (61a, 61b) and which is sandwiched between the pair of first regions (61a, 61b). In a second state in which the angle (θ) between the first direction (D1) and the second direction (D2) with respect to the pair of first regions (61a, 61b) is greater than a second threshold value equal to or greater than the first threshold value, the control device (CO) controls the lamp unit (10) so as not to increase the light amount in the third region (63a).

Description

灯具ユニットの制御装置、プログラム、及び車両用前照灯Lighting unit control device, program, and vehicle headlamp

 本発明は、灯具ユニットの制御装置、プログラム、及び車両用前照灯に関する。 The present invention relates to a lighting unit control device, a program, and a vehicle headlamp.

 自動車用ヘッドライトに代表される車両用前照灯として、出射する光の配光パターンを変化させるものが知られており、下記特許文献1には、このような車両用前照灯が開示されている。 Vehicle headlamps, such as automobile headlights, are known that change the light distribution pattern of the emitted light, and the following Patent Document 1 discloses such a vehicle headlamp.

 下記特許文献1に記載の車両用前照灯は、出射する光の配光パターンを変更可能な灯具ユニットと、制御装置と、を備える。制御装置は、車両の前方に位置する他車両を検出する検出装置からの情報に基づいて灯具ユニットを制御して、当該他車両への光の照射を抑制しつつ、他車両の周囲に光が照射されるようにする。このため、下記特許文献1では、車両用前照灯が車両の前方に位置する他車両の運転者にグレアを与えることを抑制できるとされている。 The vehicle headlamp described in Patent Document 1 below includes a lighting unit capable of changing the light distribution pattern of the emitted light, and a control device. The control device controls the lighting unit based on information from a detection device that detects other vehicles located in front of the vehicle, suppressing the illumination of light onto the other vehicles while illuminating light around the other vehicles. For this reason, Patent Document 1 below claims that the vehicle headlamp can suppress glare for drivers of other vehicles located in front of the vehicle.

特開2011-031807号公報JP 2011-031807 A

 本発明の第1の態様の灯具ユニットの制御装置は、車両の前方に位置する所定の対象物を検出する検出装置から信号が入力され、出射する光の配光パターンを変更可能な灯具ユニットの制御装置であって、複数の前記所定の対象物が前記車両の前方に位置する状態では、前記所定の対象物が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記配光パターンのうち、前記所定の対象物の少なくとも一部と重なる複数の第1領域の光量を減少させ、前記第1領域を個別に囲う複数の第2領域の光量を増加させると共に、互いに隣り合う一対の前記第1領域の一方と重なる前記所定の対象物に前記車両から向かう第1方向と、前記一対の第1領域の他方と重なる前記所定の対象物に前記車両から向かう第2方向とのなす角が第1閾値以下である第1状態では、前記一対の前記第1領域を囲うそれぞれの前記第2領域に接続され前記一対の前記第1領域に挟まれる接続領域を含む第3領域の光量を増加させるように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力し、前記一対の第1領域に対する前記第1方向と前記第2方向とのなす角が前記第1閾値以上である第2閾値より大きい第2状態では、前記第3領域の光量を増加させないように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力することを特徴とするものである。 A first aspect of the present invention is a lighting unit control device that receives a signal from a detection device that detects a predetermined object located in front of a vehicle and is capable of changing the light distribution pattern of the emitted light, and when a plurality of the predetermined objects are located in front of the vehicle, the light distribution pattern reduces the amount of light in a plurality of first regions that overlap at least a portion of the predetermined objects and increases the amount of light in a plurality of second regions that individually surround the first regions, and changes the amount of light directed from the vehicle to the predetermined object that overlaps one of a pair of adjacent first regions, compared to when the predetermined objects are not located in front of the vehicle. In a first state in which an angle between a first direction and a second direction from the vehicle toward the specified object that overlaps with the other of the pair of first regions is less than or equal to a first threshold, a signal that can control the lamp unit is output so as to increase the amount of light in a third region that is connected to each of the second regions that surround the pair of first regions and includes a connection region that is sandwiched between the pair of first regions, and in a second state in which an angle between the first direction and the second direction with respect to the pair of first regions is greater than a second threshold that is greater than or equal to the first threshold, a signal that can control the lamp unit is output so as not to increase the amount of light in the third region.

 また、本発明の第2の態様のプログラムは、車両の前方に位置する所定の対象物を検出する検出装置から信号が入力され、出射する光の配光パターンを変更可能な灯具ユニットの制御装置に、複数の前記所定の対象物が前記車両の前方に位置する状態では、前記所定の対象物が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記配光パターンのうち、前記所定の対象物の少なくとも一部と重なる複数の第1領域の光量を減少させ、前記第1領域を個別に囲う複数の第2領域の光量を増加させると共に、互いに隣り合う一対の前記第1領域の一方と重なる前記所定の対象物に前記車両から向かう第1方向と、前記一対の第1領域の他方と重なる前記所定の対象物に前記車両から向かう第2方向とのなす角が第1閾値以下である第1状態では、前記一対の前記第1領域を囲うそれぞれの前記第2領域に接続され前記一対の前記第1領域に挟まれる接続領域を含む第3領域の光量を増加させるように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力するステップと、前記一対の第1領域に対する前記第1方向と前記第2方向とのなす角が前記第1閾値以上である第2閾値より大きい第2状態では、前記第3領域の光量を増加させないように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力するステップと、を実行させることを特徴とするものである。 In addition, a program of a second aspect of the present invention receives a signal from a detection device that detects a predetermined object located in front of the vehicle, and controls a control device of a lighting unit that is capable of changing the light distribution pattern of the emitted light, and when a plurality of the predetermined objects are located in front of the vehicle, reduces the amount of light in a plurality of first regions of the light distribution pattern that overlap at least a portion of the predetermined objects and increases the amount of light in a plurality of second regions that individually surround the first regions, compared to when the predetermined objects are not located in front of the vehicle, and controls a first direction from the vehicle toward the predetermined object that overlaps one of a pair of adjacent first regions and a second direction from the vehicle toward the predetermined object that overlaps one of the pair of adjacent first regions. In a first state in which an angle between the second direction from the vehicle and the predetermined object overlapping the other of the first regions is equal to or less than a first threshold, a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit is output to increase the amount of light in a third region including a connection region that is connected to each of the second regions surrounding the pair of first regions and is sandwiched between the pair of first regions; and in a second state in which an angle between the first direction and the second direction relative to the pair of first regions is greater than a second threshold that is equal to or greater than the first threshold, a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit is output to not increase the amount of light in the third region.

 また、本発明の第3の態様の車両用前照灯は、出射する光の配光パターンを変更可能な灯具ユニットと、車両の前方に位置する所定の対象物を検出する検出装置から信号が入力され前記灯具ユニットを制御する制御装置と、を備え、前記制御装置は、複数の前記所定の対象物が前記車両の前方に位置する状態では、前記所定の対象物が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記配光パターンのうち、前記所定の対象物の少なくとも一部と重なる複数の第1領域の光量を減少させ、前記第1領域を個別に囲う複数の第2領域の光量を増加させると共に、互いに隣り合う一対の前記第1領域の一方と重なる前記所定の対象物に前記車両から向かう第1方向と、前記一対の第1領域の他方と重なる前記所定の対象物に前記車両から向かう第2方向とのなす角が第1閾値以下である第1状態では、前記一対の前記第1領域を囲うそれぞれの前記第2領域に接続され前記一対の前記第1領域に挟まれる接続領域を含む第3領域の光量を増加させるように、前記灯具ユニットを制御し、前記一対の第1領域に対する前記第1方向と前記第2方向とのなす角が前記第1閾値以上である第2閾値より大きい第2状態では、前記第3領域の光量を増加させないように、前記灯具ユニットを制御することを特徴とするものである。 Furthermore, a vehicle headlamp according to a third aspect of the present invention includes a lighting unit capable of changing the light distribution pattern of emitted light, and a control device that controls the lighting unit in response to a signal input from a detection device that detects a predetermined object located in front of the vehicle, and the control device controls the lighting unit in a state in which a plurality of the predetermined objects are located in front of the vehicle, and reduces the amount of light in a plurality of first regions of the light distribution pattern that overlap at least a portion of the predetermined objects, and increases the amount of light in a plurality of second regions that individually surround the first regions, and increases the amount of light in a plurality of second regions that overlap one of a pair of adjacent first regions, compared to a state in which the predetermined objects are not located in front of the vehicle. In a first state in which an angle between a first direction from the vehicle toward the specified object overlapping the other of the pair of first regions is less than or equal to a first threshold, the lighting unit is controlled to increase the amount of light in a third region including a connection region that is connected to each of the second regions surrounding the pair of first regions and is sandwiched between the pair of first regions, and in a second state in which an angle between the first direction and the second direction relative to the pair of first regions is greater than a second threshold that is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the lighting unit is controlled so as not to increase the amount of light in the third region.

 第1の態様の灯具ユニットの制御装置、第2の態様のプログラム、及び第3の態様の車両用前照灯によれば、配光パターンのうち、複数の所定の対象物とそれぞれ重なる複数の第1領域の光量が減少し、第1領域を個別に囲う複数の第2領域、及び第3領域の光量が増加する。このため、複数の所定の対象物に照射される光量を減少し得ると共に、暗くされる領域である複数の第1領域の周囲が暗く見えることを抑制し得、車両の前方の視認性の低下を抑制し得る。また、第3領域は、互いに隣り合う一対の第1領域に挟まれ当該一対の第1領域を囲うそれぞれの第2領域に接続する接続領域を含む。この第3領域は、第1方向と第2方向とのなす角が第1閾値以下である第1状態では、光量が増加し、第1方向と第2方向とのなす角が第1閾値以上である第2閾値より大きい第2状態では、光量が増加しない。第1方向と第2方向とのなす角が大きいほど、2つの第1領域の距離が遠くなる。このため、一対の第1領域の距離が近い場合には、第3領域の光量が増加し、一対の第1領域の間が暗く見えることを抑制し得る。また、この第3領域の接続領域は、第2領域に接続するため、増光される第2領域及び第3領域が一体となり、第3領域が第2領域と離隔する場合と比べて、運転者が違和感を覚えることを抑制し得る。接続領域は、隣り合う第1領域の距離が遠くなるほど大きくなる傾向にあり、接続領域が大きくなると第3領域における増光量が多くなる傾向にある。第1の態様のこの灯具ユニットの制御装置、第2の態様のプログラム、及び第3の態様の車両用前照灯では、第2状態、つまり、一対の第1領域の距離が遠い場合には、第3領域の光量は増加されない。このため、第1方向と第2方向とのなす角によらずに第3領域が増光される場合と比べて、第3領域における増光量が多くなり過ぎることを抑制し得、エネルギー消費量の増大を抑制し得る。 According to the control device for a lighting unit of the first aspect, the program of the second aspect, and the vehicle headlamp of the third aspect, the amount of light in the first areas of the light distribution pattern that overlap with the plurality of predetermined objects is reduced, and the amount of light in the second areas and the third area that individually surround the first areas is increased. Therefore, the amount of light irradiated to the plurality of predetermined objects can be reduced, and the surroundings of the plurality of first areas that are darkened areas can be suppressed from appearing dark, thereby suppressing a decrease in visibility ahead of the vehicle. In addition, the third area includes a connection area that is sandwiched between a pair of adjacent first areas and connects to each of the second areas that surround the pair of first areas. In the first state in which the angle between the first direction and the second direction is equal to or less than a first threshold, the amount of light in this third area is increased, and in the second state in which the angle between the first direction and the second direction is greater than a second threshold that is equal to or greater than the first threshold, the amount of light is not increased. The larger the angle between the first direction and the second direction, the farther the distance between the two first areas is. Therefore, when the distance between the pair of first regions is short, the amount of light in the third region increases, and the area between the pair of first regions can be prevented from appearing dark. In addition, since the connection region of the third region connects to the second region, the second region and the third region that are increased in light are integrated, and compared to when the third region is separated from the second region, the driver can be prevented from feeling uncomfortable. The connection region tends to become larger as the distance between the adjacent first regions increases, and the amount of light increased in the third region tends to increase as the connection region becomes larger. In the control device for the lighting unit of the first aspect, the program of the second aspect, and the vehicle headlamp of the third aspect, in the second state, that is, when the distance between the pair of first regions is long, the amount of light in the third region is not increased. Therefore, compared to when the third region is increased regardless of the angle between the first direction and the second direction, the amount of light increased in the third region can be prevented from becoming too large, and an increase in energy consumption can be suppressed.

 第1の態様の灯具ユニットの制御装置、第2の態様のプログラム、及び第3の態様の車両用前照灯では、前記第2閾値は、前記第1閾値より大きくてもよい。 In the lighting unit control device of the first embodiment, the program of the second embodiment, and the vehicle headlamp of the third embodiment, the second threshold value may be greater than the first threshold value.

 このような構成によれば、第2閾値が第1閾値と同じ場合と比べて、第3領域の光量が増加した状態と第3領域の光量が増加されていない状態とで切り替わる頻度を低減し得、運転者が配光パターンの変化に煩わしさを覚えることを抑制し得る。 With this configuration, compared to when the second threshold value is the same as the first threshold value, it is possible to reduce the frequency of switching between a state in which the amount of light in the third area is increased and a state in which the amount of light in the third area is not increased, and it is possible to prevent the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in the light distribution pattern.

 第1の態様の灯具ユニットの制御装置、第2の態様のプログラム、及び第3の態様の車両用前照灯では、前記第3領域は、前記一対の第1領域を囲う最小の矩形枠内における前記第1領域及び前記第2領域以外の全てを含んでもよい。 In the lighting unit control device of the first embodiment, the program of the second embodiment, and the vehicle headlamp of the third embodiment, the third region may include everything other than the first region and the second region within the smallest rectangular frame that encloses the pair of first regions.

 このような構成によれば、第3領域が上記の矩形枠内の一部である場合と比べて、一対の第1領域の近傍が暗く見えることを抑制し得る。 This configuration can prevent the vicinity of the pair of first regions from appearing darker than when the third region is part of the rectangular frame.

 第1の態様の灯具ユニットの制御装置、第2の態様のプログラム、及び第3の態様の車両用前照灯では、複数の前記第1領域において減少する光量の合計と、複数の前記第2領域、及び前記第3領域において増加する光量の合計とが同じであってもよい。 In the lighting unit control device of the first embodiment, the program of the second embodiment, and the vehicle headlamp of the third embodiment, the total amount of light that decreases in the first regions may be the same as the total amount of light that increases in the second regions and the third region.

 このような構成によれば、複数の第2領域、及び第3領域において増加する光量の合計が複数の第1領域において減少する光量の合計より多い場合と比べて、エネルギー消費量の増加を抑制できる。 With this configuration, the increase in energy consumption can be suppressed compared to when the total amount of light that increases in the multiple second regions and the third region is greater than the total amount of light that decreases in the multiple first regions.

 上記の第1の態様の灯具ユニットの制御装置は、前記所定の対象物が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて前記第3領域の光量を増加させない状態で前記第1状態になってから第1期間経過するまでは、前記第3領域の光量を増加させないようにし、前記第1期間経過した際に前記第1状態である場合に、前記所定の対象物が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて前記第3領域の光量を増加させるように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力してもよい。 The control device of the lighting unit in the first aspect described above may output a signal capable of controlling the lighting unit so as not to increase the amount of light in the third area until a first period has elapsed since the first state is entered in a state in which the amount of light in the third area is not increased compared to when the specified object is not located in front of the vehicle, and, when the first state is entered after the first period has elapsed, to increase the amount of light in the third area compared to when the specified object is not located in front of the vehicle.

 第1閾値を超えて第1状態になった際の第1方向と第2方向とのなす角は、第1閾値に近い値である。このため、第1状態になってもすぐに第1状態でなくなることがある。上記の構成によれば、第1状態になって第1期間経過するまでは、所定の対象物が位置しない場合と比べて、第3領域の光量が増加されないままであり、第1期間経過した際に第1状態である場合には、第3領域の光量が増加される。このため、第1状態になった際に第3領域の光量が増加される場合と比べて、第3領域の光量が変化する頻度を低減し得る。従って、運転者が配光パターンの変化に煩わしさを覚えることを抑制し得る。 The angle between the first direction and the second direction when the first threshold is exceeded and the first state is entered is a value close to the first threshold. Therefore, even if the first state is entered, the first state may soon be changed. With the above configuration, the amount of light in the third region remains unincreased until the first period has elapsed since the first state is entered, compared to when the specified object is not located, and if the first period has elapsed and the first state is entered, the amount of light in the third region is increased. Therefore, the frequency with which the amount of light in the third region changes can be reduced, compared to when the amount of light in the third region is increased when the first state is entered. This can prevent the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in the light distribution pattern.

 上記の第1の態様の灯具ユニットの制御装置は、前記所定の対象物が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて前記第3領域の光量を増加させた状態で前記第2状態になってから第2期間経過するまでは、前記第3領域の光量を増加させるようにし、前記第2期間経過した際に前記第2状態である場合に、前記所定の対象物が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて前記第3領域の光量を増加させないように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力してもよい。 The control device of the lighting unit of the first aspect described above may output a signal capable of controlling the lighting unit to increase the amount of light in the third area in a state in which the amount of light in the third area is increased compared to when the specified object is not located in front of the vehicle until a second period has elapsed since the second state is entered, and not to increase the amount of light in the third area when the specified object is not located in front of the vehicle if the second state is entered after the second period has elapsed.

 第2閾値を超えて第2状態になってもすぐに第2状態でなくなることがある。上記の構成によれば、第2状態になって第2期間経過するまでは、所定の対象物が位置しない場合と比べて、第3領域の光量が増加されたままであり、第2期間経過した際に第2状態である場合には、第3領域の光量が増加されていない状態になる。このため、第2状態になった際に第3領域の光量が増加されていない状態となる場合と比べて、第3領域の光量が変化する頻度を低減し得る。従って、運転者が配光パターンの変化に煩わしさを覚えることを抑制し得る。 Even if the second threshold is exceeded and the second state is entered, the second state may soon be discontinued. With the above configuration, the amount of light in the third region remains increased compared to when the specified object is not located until the second period has elapsed since the second state is entered, and if the second state is entered after the second period has elapsed, the amount of light in the third region is not increased. This makes it possible to reduce the frequency with which the amount of light in the third region changes compared to when the amount of light in the third region is not increased when the second state is entered. This makes it possible to suppress the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in the light distribution pattern.

 前記検出装置は前記所定の対象物として他車両を検出可能であり、上記の第1の態様の灯具ユニットの制御装置は、前記一対の第1領域がそれぞれ重なる前記所定の対象物が前記第2状態となる一対の前記他車両であり、前記車両及び前記一対の他車両の一方を通る鉛直面と、前記一対の他車両の他方とが交わる場合には、前記所定の対象物が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて前記第3領域の光量を増加させるようにし、前記鉛直面と前記一対の他車両の他方とが交わらない場合には、前記所定の対象物が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて前記第3領域の光量を増加させないように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力してもよい。 The detection device can detect other vehicles as the specified object, and the control device of the lighting unit of the first aspect described above may output a signal capable of controlling the lighting unit so that the specified object, where the pair of first regions overlap, is a pair of other vehicles in the second state, and when a vertical plane passing through the vehicle and one of the pair of other vehicles intersects with the other of the pair of other vehicles, the amount of light in the third region is increased compared to when the specified object is not located in front of the vehicle, and when the vertical plane does not intersect with the other of the pair of other vehicles, the amount of light in the third region is not increased compared to when the specified object is not located in front of the vehicle.

 所定の対象物が他車両であり、車両及び一方の他車両を通る鉛直面と他方の他車両とが交わる場合、二つの他車両は、同じ走行路にいる他車両である傾向にある。このため、例えば、二つの他車両は先行車または対向車である。そして、例えば、一方が平地から登り坂に入る手前に位置し他方が登り坂に位置する状況であったり、一方が下り坂から平地に入る手前に位置し他方が平地に位置する状況であったりする。このような状況では、例えば、ある程度時間が経過して両方が登り坂に位置すると、第1方向と第2方向とのなす角は変化し難くなり、車両が登り坂に位置すると、第1方向と第2方向とのなす角は小さくなる傾向にある。また、ある程度時間が経過して両方が平地に位置すると、第1方向と第2方向とのなす角は変化し難くなり、車両が平地に位置すると、第1方向と第2方向とのなす角は小さくなる傾向にある。つまり、これらの状況では、第1方向と第2方向とのなす角が大きくても当該なす角が小さくなり易い。上記の構成によれば、このような状況において、所定の対象物が位置しない場合と比べて第3領域の光量が増加するようにし得、エネルギー消費量の増大を抑制しつつ視認性の低下を抑制し得る。 When the specified object is another vehicle, and a vertical plane passing through the vehicle and one of the other vehicles intersects with the other other vehicle, the two other vehicles tend to be on the same road. For this reason, for example, the two other vehicles are a preceding vehicle or an oncoming vehicle. And, for example, one may be located just before entering an uphill slope from flat ground and the other is located on an uphill slope, or one may be located just before entering flat ground from a downhill slope and the other is located on flat ground. In such a situation, for example, when both are located on an uphill slope after a certain amount of time has passed, the angle between the first direction and the second direction is difficult to change, and when the vehicle is located on an uphill slope, the angle between the first direction and the second direction tends to become smaller. Also, when both are located on flat ground after a certain amount of time has passed, the angle between the first direction and the second direction is difficult to change, and when the vehicle is located on flat ground, the angle between the first direction and the second direction tends to become smaller. In other words, in these situations, even if the angle between the first direction and the second direction is large, the angle is likely to become small. With the above configuration, in such situations, the amount of light in the third region can be increased compared to when the specified object is not located, and the decrease in visibility can be suppressed while suppressing an increase in energy consumption.

 本発明の第4の態様の灯具ユニットの制御装置は、車両の前方に位置する先行車及び対向車を検出する検出装置から信号が入力され、出射する光の配光パターンを変更可能な灯具ユニットの制御装置であって、複数の前記先行車及び複数の前記対向車が車両の前方に位置する状態では、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記配光パターンのうち、前記先行車及び前記対向車の少なくとも一部と重なる複数の第1領域の光量を減少させ、前記第1領域を個別に囲う複数の第2領域の光量を増加させると共に、複数の前記先行車と重なる複数の前記第1領域から成る先行車用の組、及び複数の前記対向車と重なる複数の前記第1領域から成る対向車用の組の少なくとも一方において、互いに隣り合う前記第1領域を囲うそれぞれの前記第2領域に接続され当該互いに隣り合う前記第1領域に挟まれる接続領域を含む第3領域の光量を増加させるように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力し、前記先行車と重なる前記第1領域を囲う前記第2領域と前記対向車と重なる前記第1領域を囲う前記第2領域との間には、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合から光量が変化しない非特定領域が位置することを特徴とするものである。 A fourth aspect of the present invention is a lighting unit control device that receives a signal from a detection device that detects a preceding vehicle and an oncoming vehicle located in front of the vehicle and is capable of changing the light distribution pattern of the emitted light, and when a plurality of the preceding vehicles and a plurality of the oncoming vehicles are located in front of the vehicle, the light distribution pattern reduces the amount of light in a plurality of first regions that overlap at least a portion of the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle, increases the amount of light in a plurality of second regions that individually surround the first regions, and changes the amount of light from a plurality of the first regions that overlap with a plurality of the preceding vehicles when the preceding vehicles and the oncoming vehicles are not located in front of the vehicle. In at least one of a preceding vehicle set consisting of a plurality of first regions overlapping a plurality of oncoming vehicles, a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit is output to increase the amount of light in a third region including a connection region that is connected to each of the second regions surrounding the adjacent first regions and is sandwiched between the adjacent first regions, and a non-specific region in which the amount of light does not change when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle is located between the second region surrounding the first region overlapping the preceding vehicle and the second region surrounding the first region overlapping the oncoming vehicle.

 また、本発明の第5の態様のプログラムは、車両の前方に位置する先行車及び対向車を検出する検出装置から信号が入力され、出射する光の配光パターンを変更可能な灯具ユニットの制御装置に、複数の前記先行車及び複数の前記対向車が車両の前方に位置する状態では、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記配光パターンのうち、前記先行車及び前記対向車の少なくとも一部と重なる複数の第1領域の光量を減少させ、前記第1領域を個別に囲う複数の第2領域の光量を増加させると共に、複数の前記先行車と重なる複数の前記第1領域から成る先行車用の組、及び複数の前記対向車と重なる複数の前記第1領域から成る対向車用の組の少なくとも一方において、互いに隣り合う前記第1領域を囲うそれぞれの前記第2領域に接続され当該互いに隣り合う前記第1領域に挟まれる接続領域を含む第3領域の光量を増加させるように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力するステップを実行させ、前記先行車と重なる前記第1領域を囲う前記第2領域と前記対向車と重なる前記第1領域を囲う前記第2領域との間には、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合から光量が変化しない非特定領域が位置することを特徴とするものである。 Furthermore, a fifth aspect of the program of the present invention receives a signal from a detection device that detects a preceding vehicle and an oncoming vehicle located in front of the vehicle, and controls a control device of a lighting unit that can change the light distribution pattern of the emitted light, and when a plurality of preceding vehicles and a plurality of oncoming vehicles are located in front of the vehicle, the control device reduces the amount of light in a plurality of first regions that overlap at least a portion of the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle, and increases the amount of light in a plurality of second regions that individually surround the first regions, of the light distribution pattern, compared to when the preceding vehicles and the oncoming vehicles are not located in front of the vehicle. , and in at least one of the oncoming vehicle groups consisting of a plurality of the first regions overlapping a plurality of the oncoming vehicles, a step of outputting a signal capable of controlling the lighting unit is executed so as to increase the amount of light in a third region including a connection region that is connected to each of the second regions surrounding the adjacent first regions and is sandwiched between the adjacent first regions, and a non-specific region in which the amount of light does not change when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not positioned in front of the vehicle is located between the second region surrounding the first region overlapping the preceding vehicle and the second region surrounding the first region overlapping the oncoming vehicle.

 また、本発明の第6の態様の車両用前照灯は、出射する光の配光パターンを変更可能な灯具ユニットと、車両の前方に位置する先行車及び対向車を検出する検出装置から信号が入力され前記灯具ユニットを制御する制御装置と、を備え、前記制御装置は、複数の前記先行車及び複数の前記対向車が車両の前方に位置する状態では、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記配光パターンのうち、前記先行車及び前記対向車の少なくとも一部と重なる複数の第1領域の光量を減少させ、前記第1領域を個別に囲う複数の第2領域の光量を増加させると共に、複数の前記先行車と重なる複数の前記第1領域から成る先行車用の組、及び複数の前記対向車と重なる複数の前記第1領域から成る対向車用の組の少なくとも一方において、互いに隣り合う前記第1領域を囲うそれぞれの前記第2領域に接続され当該互いに隣り合う前記第1領域に挟まれる接続領域を含む第3領域の光量を増加させるように、前記灯具ユニットを制御し、前記先行車と重なる前記第1領域を囲う前記第2領域と前記対向車と重なる前記第1領域を囲う前記第2領域との間には、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合から光量が変化しない非特定領域が位置することを特徴とするものである。 Furthermore, a sixth aspect of the present invention provides a vehicle headlamp comprising a lighting unit capable of changing the light distribution pattern of the emitted light, and a control device that controls the lighting unit in response to a signal input from a detection device that detects a preceding vehicle and an oncoming vehicle located in front of the vehicle, and the control device controls the lighting unit in response to a signal input from a detection device that detects a preceding vehicle and an oncoming vehicle located in front of the vehicle, and when a plurality of the preceding vehicles and a plurality of the oncoming vehicles are located in front of the vehicle, the control device reduces the amount of light in a plurality of first regions of the light distribution pattern that overlap with at least a portion of the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle, and increases the amount of light in a plurality of second regions that individually surround the first regions, and controls the light distribution pattern to overlap with the plurality of the preceding vehicles and the oncoming vehicles, compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle. In at least one of a set for a preceding vehicle consisting of a plurality of overlapping first regions and a set for an oncoming vehicle consisting of a plurality of first regions overlapping a plurality of oncoming vehicles, the lighting unit is controlled to increase the amount of light in a third region including a connection region that is connected to each of the second regions surrounding the adjacent first regions and is sandwiched between the adjacent first regions, and a non-specific region in which the amount of light does not change when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not positioned in front of the vehicle is located between the second region surrounding the first region overlapping with the preceding vehicle and the second region surrounding the first region overlapping with the oncoming vehicle.

 第4の態様の灯具ユニットの制御装置、第5の態様のプログラム、及び第6の態様の車両用前照灯によれば、配光パターンのうち、複数の先行車及び複数の対向車の少なくとも一部と重なる複数の第1領域の光量が減少し、の第1領域を個別に囲う複数の第2領域、及び第3領域の光量が増加する。このため、複数の先行車及び複数の対向車に照射される光量を減少し得ると共に、暗くされる領域である複数の第1領域のそれぞれの周囲が暗く見えることを抑制し得、車両の前方の視認性の低下を抑制し得る。また、第3領域は、複数の先行車と重なる複数の第1領域から成る先行車用の組、及び複数の対向車と重なる複数の第1領域から成る対向車用の組の少なくとも一方において、互いに隣り合う第1領域に挟まれ当該隣り合う第1領域を囲うそれぞれの第2領域に接続される接続領域を含む領域である。このため、先行車用の組、及び対向車用の組の少なくとも一方において、隣り合う第1領域の間が暗く見えることを抑制し得る。また、第3領域が含む接続領域は第2領域に接続されるため、増光される第2領域及び第3領域が一体となり、第3領域が第2領域と離隔する場合と比べて、運転者が違和感を覚えることを抑制し得る。一般的に、先行車同士、及び対向車同士は、進行方向が概ね同じであるため、相対的な移動量は少ない傾向にある。この灯具ユニットの制御装置、プログラム、及び車両用前照灯では、光量が増加する第3領域は、先行車用の組及び対向車用の組の少なくとも一方における上記の接続領域を含む領域であり、この接続領域は変化しにくい傾向にある。また、先行車と対向車とは進行方向が概ね反対であるため、相対的な移動量は多くなる傾向にある。このため、先行車と重なる第1領域と対向車と重なる第1領域とに挟まれこれら第1領域を囲うそれぞれの第2領域に接続される領域の形状は、変化し易い傾向にある。第4の態様のこの灯具ユニットの制御装置、第5の態様のプログラム、及び第6の態様の車両用前照灯では、先行車と重なる第1領域を囲う第2領域と対向車と重なる第1領域を囲う第2領域との間には、先行車及び対向車が車両の前方に位置しない場合から光量が変化しない非特定領域が位置する。このため、先行車と重なる第1領域と対向車と重なる第1領域とに挟まれこれら第1領域を囲うそれぞれの第2領域に接続される領域の光量は、増加しない。このため、この領域の光量が増加する場合と比べて、第3領域の形状の変化を抑制し得る。従って、この場合と比べて、配光パターンの変化を抑制し得、運転者が配光パターンの変化に煩わしさを覚えることを抑制し得る。 According to the fourth aspect of the control device for the lighting unit, the fifth aspect of the program, and the sixth aspect of the vehicle headlamp, the amount of light in the first regions of the light distribution pattern that overlap at least a portion of the first regions of the preceding vehicles and the oncoming vehicles is reduced, and the amount of light in the second regions and the third regions that individually surround the first regions is increased. This can reduce the amount of light irradiated to the preceding vehicles and the oncoming vehicles, and can suppress the periphery of each of the first regions that are darkened from appearing dark, thereby suppressing a decrease in visibility ahead of the vehicle. In addition, the third region is an area that includes a connection area that is sandwiched between adjacent first regions and is connected to each of the second regions that surround the adjacent first regions in at least one of the preceding vehicle group consisting of the first regions that overlap the preceding vehicles and the oncoming vehicle group consisting of the first regions that overlap the oncoming vehicles. This can suppress the area between adjacent first regions from appearing dark in at least one of the preceding vehicle group and the oncoming vehicle group. In addition, since the connection area included in the third area is connected to the second area, the second area and the third area that are increased in light are integrated, and compared to the case where the third area is separated from the second area, the driver may feel less uncomfortable. In general, the traveling direction of the preceding vehicles and the traveling direction of the oncoming vehicles are generally the same, so the relative movement amount tends to be small. In the control device, program, and vehicle headlamp of this lighting unit, the third area where the light amount increases is an area including the above-mentioned connection area in at least one of the pair for the preceding vehicle and the pair for the oncoming vehicle, and this connection area tends to be difficult to change. In addition, since the traveling direction of the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are generally opposite, the relative movement amount tends to be large. For this reason, the shape of the area sandwiched between the first area overlapping the preceding vehicle and the first area overlapping the oncoming vehicle and connected to each second area surrounding these first areas tends to change easily. In the fourth aspect of the control device for the lamp unit, the fifth aspect of the program, and the sixth aspect of the vehicle headlamp, between the second area surrounding the first area overlapping the preceding vehicle and the second area surrounding the first area overlapping the oncoming vehicle, there is a non-specific area in which the amount of light does not change even when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle. Therefore, the amount of light in the area sandwiched between the first area overlapping the preceding vehicle and the first area overlapping the oncoming vehicle and connected to each of the second areas surrounding these first areas does not increase. Therefore, compared to when the amount of light in this area increases, the change in the shape of the third area can be suppressed. Therefore, compared to this case, the change in the light distribution pattern can be suppressed, and the driver's annoyance caused by the change in the light distribution pattern can be suppressed.

 第4の態様の灯具ユニットの制御装置、第5の態様のプログラム、及び第6の態様の車両用前照灯では、複数の前記第1領域において減少する光量の合計と、複数の前記第2領域、及び前記第3領域において増加する光量の合計とが同じであってもよい。 In the lighting unit control device of the fourth aspect, the program of the fifth aspect, and the vehicle headlamp of the sixth aspect, the total amount of light that decreases in the first regions may be the same as the total amount of light that increases in the second regions and the third region.

 このような構成によれば、複数の第2領域、及び第3領域において増加する光量の合計が複数の第1領域において減少する光量の合計より多い場合と比べて、エネルギー消費量の増加を抑制できる。 With this configuration, the increase in energy consumption can be suppressed compared to when the total amount of light that increases in the multiple second regions and the third region is greater than the total amount of light that decreases in the multiple first regions.

 上記の第4の態様の灯具ユニットの制御装置は、前記先行車用の組及び前記対向車用の組の一方における前記第3領域の光量を増加させ、他方における前記第3領域の光量を増加させないように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力してもよい。 The control device of the lamp unit in the fourth aspect described above may output a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit to increase the amount of light in the third region in one of the pair for the preceding vehicle and the pair for the oncoming vehicle, and not to increase the amount of light in the third region in the other pair.

 この場合、上記の第4の態様の灯具ユニットの制御装置は、前記先行車用の組における前記第3領域の光量を増加させ、前記対向車用の組における前記第3領域の光量を増加させないように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力してもよい。 In this case, the control device of the lamp unit of the fourth aspect described above may output a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit to increase the amount of light in the third region in the pair for the preceding vehicle and not to increase the amount of light in the third region in the pair for the oncoming vehicle.

 先行車は車両に対して相対的に移動し難い傾向にあり、対向車は車両に対して相対的に移動し易い傾向にある。このため、対向車と重なる第1領域は、移動し易い傾向にあり、対向車用の組における上記の第3領域の形状は変化し易い傾向にある。このため、このような構成によれば、第3領域の形状の変化を抑制し得、運転者が配光パターンの変化に煩わしさを覚えることを抑制し得る。 A preceding vehicle tends to be less likely to move relative to the vehicle, while an oncoming vehicle tends to move more easily relative to the vehicle. For this reason, the first area that overlaps with the oncoming vehicle tends to move easily, and the shape of the third area in the oncoming vehicle pair tends to change easily. For this reason, with this configuration, it is possible to suppress changes in the shape of the third area, and to suppress the driver from feeling annoyed by changes in the light distribution pattern.

 上記の第4の態様の灯具ユニットの制御装置は、前記先行車用の組及び前記対向車用の組のうち、前記第3領域の光量が増加される組において、互いに隣り合う一対の前記第1領域の一方と重なる前記先行車または前記対向車に前記車両から向かう第1方向と、前記一対の第1領域の他方と重なる前記先行車または前記対向車に前記車両から向かう第2方向とのなす角が第1閾値以下である第1状態では、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記一対の第1領域に対する前記接続領域を含む前記第3領域の光量を増加させるように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力し、前記一対の第1領域に対する前記第1方向と前記第2方向とのなす角が前記第1閾値以上である第2閾値より大きい第2状態では、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記一対の第1領域に対する前記接続領域を含む前記第3領域の光量を増加させないように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力してもよい。 The control device of the lamp unit of the fourth aspect described above may output a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit so as to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions in a first state in which an angle between a first direction from the vehicle toward the preceding vehicle or the oncoming vehicle that overlaps with one of the pair of adjacent first regions and a second direction from the vehicle toward the preceding vehicle or the oncoming vehicle that overlaps with the other of the pair of first regions is equal to or less than a first threshold value in the pair in which the amount of light in the third region is increased, compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle, and may output a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit so as not to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions in a second state in which an angle between the first direction and the second direction in the pair of first regions is greater than a second threshold value that is equal to or greater than the first threshold value.

 第1方向と第2方向とのなす角が大きいほど、隣り合う一対の第1領域の距離が遠くなる。接続領域は、上記のように、第2領域に接続されるため、一対の第1領域の距離が遠くなるほど大きくなる傾向にある。この接続領域が大きくなると共に、当該接続領域を含む第3領域が増光すると、第3領域における増光量が多くなる傾向にある。この灯具ユニットの制御装置、プログラム、及び車両用前照灯では、第2状態、つまり、一対の第1領域の距離が遠い場合には、当該一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量が増加しない。このため、第1方向と第2方向とのなす角によらずに一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量が増加する場合と比べて、第3領域における増光量が多くなり過ぎることを抑制し得、エネルギー消費量の増大を抑制し得る。 The greater the angle between the first direction and the second direction, the greater the distance between the pair of adjacent first regions. Because the connection region is connected to the second region as described above, it tends to become larger as the distance between the pair of first regions increases. If the connection region becomes larger and the third region including the connection region becomes brighter, the amount of light increased in the third region tends to increase. In this lighting unit control device, program, and vehicle headlamp, in the second state, that is, when the distance between the pair of first regions is large, the amount of light increased in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions does not increase. Therefore, compared to when the amount of light increased in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions increases regardless of the angle between the first direction and the second direction, it is possible to prevent the amount of light increased in the third region from becoming too large, and to prevent an increase in energy consumption.

 この場合、上記の第4の態様の灯具ユニットの制御装置は、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて前記一対の第1領域に対する前記接続領域を含む前記第3領域の光量を増加させない状態で前記第1状態になってから第1期間経過するまでは、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記一対の第1領域に対する前記接続領域を含む前記第3領域の光量を増加させないようにし、前記第1期間経過した際に前記第1状態である場合に、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記一対の第1領域に対する前記接続領域を含む前記第3領域の光量を増加させるように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力してもよい。 In this case, the control device of the lighting unit of the fourth aspect described above may output a signal capable of controlling the lighting unit so as not to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region with the pair of first regions compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle until a first period has elapsed since the first state is entered in a state in which the amount of light in the third region including the connection region with the pair of first regions is not increased compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle, and to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region with the pair of first regions compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle when the first state is entered after the first period has elapsed.

 第1閾値を超えて第1状態になった際の第1方向と第2方向とのなす角は、第1閾値に近い値である。このため、第1状態になってもすぐに第1状態でなくなることがある。上記の構成によれば、第1状態になって第1期間経過するまでは、一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量が増加せず、第1期間経過した際に第2状態である場合には、この接続領域を含む第3領域の光量が増加する。このため、第1状態になった際に上記の接続領域を含む第3領域の光量が増加する場合と比べて、上記の接続領域を含む第3領域の光量が変化する頻度を低減し得る。従って、運転者が配光パターンの変化に煩わしさを覚えることを抑制し得る。 The angle between the first direction and the second direction when the first threshold is exceeded and the first state is reached is a value close to the first threshold. Therefore, even if the first state is reached, the first state may soon be lost. With the above configuration, the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions does not increase until the first period has elapsed since the first state is reached, and if the second state is reached after the first period has elapsed, the amount of light in the third region including the connection region increases. Therefore, the frequency with which the amount of light in the third region including the connection region changes can be reduced compared to when the amount of light in the third region including the connection region increases when the first state is reached. This can prevent the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in the light distribution pattern.

 また、上記の第1方向と第2方向とのなす角に応じて出力する信号を変える場合、上記の第4の態様の灯具ユニットの制御装置は、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて前記一対の第1領域に対する前記接続領域を含む前記第3領域の光量を増加させる状態で前記第2状態になってから第2期間経過するまでは、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記一対の第1領域に対する前記接続領域を含む前記第3領域を増加させるようにし、前記第2期間経過した際に前記第2状態である場合に、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記一対の第1領域に対する前記第3領域の光量を増加させないように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力してもよい。 In addition, when changing the signal to be output according to the angle between the first direction and the second direction, the control device of the lighting unit of the fourth aspect may output a signal capable of controlling the lighting unit to increase the third region including the connection region with respect to the pair of first regions compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle until a second period has elapsed since the second state is entered in a state in which the amount of light in the third region including the connection region with respect to the pair of first regions is increased compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle, and to not increase the amount of light in the third region with respect to the pair of first regions when the second state is entered after the second period has elapsed compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle.

 第2閾値を超えて第2状態になってもすぐに第2状態でなくなることがある。上記の構成によれば、第2状態になって第2期間経過するまでは、一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量が増加したままであり、第2期間経過した際に第2状態である場合には、一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量が増加されていない状態になる。このため、第2状態になった際に上記の接続領域を含む第3領域の光量が増加されていない状態になる場合と比べて、上記の接続領域の光量が変化する頻度を低減し得る。従って、運転者が配光パターンの変化に煩わしさを覚えることを抑制し得る。 Even if the second threshold is exceeded and the second state is entered, the second state may soon be discontinued. With the above configuration, the light amount of the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions remains increased until the second period has elapsed since the second state is entered, and if the second state is entered after the second period has elapsed, the light amount of the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions has not increased. Therefore, the frequency with which the light amount of the connection region changes can be reduced compared to when the light amount of the third region including the connection region is not increased when the second state is entered. This can therefore suppress the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in the light distribution pattern.

 上記の第4の態様の灯具ユニットの制御装置は、前記先行車用の組及び前記対向車用の組のうち、前記第3領域の光量が増加される組において、互いに隣り合う一対の前記第1領域の一方と重なる前記先行車または前記対向車と、前記一対の第1領域の他方と重なる前記先行車または前記対向車との相対速度が第1速度以下である第3状態では、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記一対の第1領域に対する前記接続領域を含む前記第3領域の光量を増加させるように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力し、前記一対の第1領域に対する前記相対速度が前記第1速度以上である第2速度より大きい第4状態では、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記一対の第1領域に対する前記接続領域を含む前記第3領域の光量を増加させないように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力してもよい。 The control device of the lamp unit of the fourth aspect described above may output a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit so as to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region with the pair of first regions in a third state in which the relative speed between the preceding vehicle or the oncoming vehicle overlapping one of the pair of adjacent first regions and the preceding vehicle or the oncoming vehicle overlapping the other of the pair of first regions is equal to or less than a first speed, compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle, and output a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit so as not to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region with the pair of first regions in a fourth state in which the relative speed with respect to the pair of first regions is greater than a second speed that is equal to or greater than the first speed, compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle.

 相対速度が大きいほど、隣り合う一対の第1領域の距離が変化し易い。接続領域は、上記のように、第2領域に接続されるため、一対の第1領域の距離が変化するとこの接続領域を含む第3領域の形状が変化する。この灯具ユニットの制御装置、プログラム、及び車両用前照灯では、第4状態、つまり、一対の第1領域の距離が変化し易い場合には、当該一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量が増加されない。このため、相対速度によらずに一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量を増加させる場合と比べて、第3領域の形状の変化を抑制し得、運転者が配光パターンの変化に煩わしさを覚えることを抑制し得る。 The greater the relative speed, the easier it is for the distance between a pair of adjacent first regions to change. Because the connection region is connected to the second region as described above, when the distance between the pair of first regions changes, the shape of the third region including this connection region changes. In this lighting unit control device, program, and vehicle headlamp, in the fourth state, that is, when the distance between the pair of first regions is easy to change, the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions is not increased. Therefore, compared to when the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions is increased regardless of the relative speed, it is possible to suppress changes in the shape of the third region, and suppress the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in light distribution pattern.

 この場合、上記の第4の態様の灯具ユニットの制御装置は、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて前記一対の第1領域に対する前記接続領域を含む前記第3領域の光量を増加させない状態で前記第3状態になってから第3期間経過するまでは、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記一対の第1領域に対する前記接続領域を含む前記第3領域の光量を増加させないようにし、前記第3期間経過した際に前記第3状態である場合に、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記一対の第1領域に対する前記接続領域を含む前記第3領域の光量を増加させるように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力してもよい。 In this case, the control device of the lighting unit of the fourth aspect described above may output a signal capable of controlling the lighting unit so as not to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region with the pair of first regions compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle until a third period has elapsed since the third state is entered in a state in which the amount of light in the third region including the connection region with the pair of first regions is not increased compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle, and to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region with the pair of first regions compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle when the third state is entered after the third period has elapsed.

 第1速度を超えて第3状態になった際の相対速度は、第1速度に近い値である。このため、第3状態になってもすぐに第3状態でなくなることがある。上記の構成によれば、第3状態になって第3期間経過するまでは、一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量が増加せず、第3期間経過した際に第3状態である場合には、この接続領域を含む第3領域の光量が増加する。このため、第3状態になった際に上記の接続領域を含む第3領域の光量が増加する場合と比べて、上記の接続領域を含む第3領域が変化する頻度を低減し得る。従って、運転者が配光パターンの変化に煩わしさを覚えることを抑制し得る。 The relative speed when the first speed is exceeded and the third state is reached is a value close to the first speed. Therefore, even if the third state is reached, the third state may soon be lost. With the above configuration, the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions does not increase until the third period has elapsed since the third state is reached, and if the third state is reached after the third period has elapsed, the amount of light in the third region including this connection region increases. Therefore, the frequency with which the third region including the connection region changes can be reduced compared to when the amount of light in the third region including the connection region increases when the third state is reached. This can prevent the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in the light distribution pattern.

 また、上記の相対速度に応じ出力する信号を変える場合、上記の第4の態様の灯具ユニットの制御装置は、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて前記一対の第1領域に対する前記接続領域を含む前記第3領域の光量を増加させる状態で前記第4状態になってから第4期間経過するまでは、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記一対の第1領域に対する前記接続領域を含む前記第3領域が増加するようにし、前記第4期間経過した際に前記第4状態である場合に、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記一対の第1領域に対する前記接続領域を含む前記第3領域の光量を増加させないように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力してもよい。 Furthermore, when changing the signal to be output according to the relative speed, the control device of the lighting unit of the fourth aspect may output a signal capable of controlling the lighting unit so that the third region including the connection region with the pair of first regions is increased in light amount compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle until a fourth period has elapsed since the fourth state is entered in a state in which the light amount of the third region including the connection region with the pair of first regions is increased compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle, and so that when the fourth state is entered after the fourth period has elapsed, the light amount of the third region including the connection region with the pair of first regions is not increased compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle.

 第2速度を超えて第4状態になってもすぐに第4状態でなくなることがある。上記の構成によれば、第4状態になって第4期間経過するまでは、一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量が増加したままであり、第4期間経過した際に第4状態である場合には、この接続領域を含む第3領域の光量が増加されていない状態となる。このため、第4状態になった際に上記の接続領域を含む第3領域の光量が増加されていない状態となる場合と比べて、上記の接続領域を含む第3領域が変化する頻度を低減し得る。従って、運転者が配光パターンの変化に煩わしさを覚えることを抑制し得る。 Even if the second speed is exceeded and the fourth state is entered, the fourth state may soon be discontinued. With the above configuration, the light amount of the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions remains increased until the fourth period has elapsed since the fourth state is entered, and if the fourth state is entered when the fourth period has elapsed, the light amount of the third region including this connection region has not increased. Therefore, the frequency with which the third region including the connection region changes can be reduced compared to when the light amount of the third region including the connection region has not increased when the fourth state is entered. This can therefore suppress the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in the light distribution pattern.

 また、本発明の第7の態様の灯具ユニットの制御装置は、車両の前方に位置する先行車及び対向車の他車両を検出する検出装置から信号が入力され、出射する光の配光パターンを変更可能な灯具ユニットの制御装置であって、前記先行車及び前記対向車を含む複数の前記他車両が前記車両の前方に位置し前記先行車及び前記対向車の一方が複数で他方が一つである状態では、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記配光パターンのうち、前記先行車及び前記対向車の少なくとも一部と重なる複数の第1領域の光量を減少させ、前記第1領域を個別に囲う複数の第2領域の光量を増加させると共に、前記先行車及び前記対向車のうち複数である一方の前記他車両と重なる複数の前記第1領域から成る組において、互いに隣り合う前記第1領域を囲うそれぞれの前記第2領域に接続され当該互いに隣り合う前記第1領域に挟まれる接続領域を含む第3領域の光量を増加させるように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力し、前記先行車と重なる前記第1領域を囲う前記第2領域と前記対向車と重なる前記第1領域を囲う前記第2領域との間には、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合から光量が変化しない非特定領域が位置することを特徴とするものである。 Furthermore, a seventh aspect of the present invention relates to a lighting unit control device that receives a signal from a detection device that detects other vehicles, such as a preceding vehicle and an oncoming vehicle, located in front of the vehicle and is capable of changing the light distribution pattern of the emitted light, and when a plurality of other vehicles, including the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle, are located in front of the vehicle and one of the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle is multiple and the other is one, the light amount of a plurality of first regions of the light distribution pattern that overlap at least a portion of the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle is reduced, and the light amount of a plurality of second regions that individually surround the first region is increased, compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle. The lighting unit outputs a signal capable of controlling the lighting unit so as to increase the amount of light in a third region including a connection region that is connected to each of the second regions surrounding the adjacent first regions and is sandwiched between the adjacent first regions in a set consisting of a plurality of the first regions that overlap with one of the plurality of other vehicles among the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle, and is characterized in that a non-specific region in which the amount of light does not change when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not positioned in front of the vehicle is located between the second region surrounding the first region overlapping with the preceding vehicle and the second region surrounding the first region overlapping with the oncoming vehicle.

 また、本発明の第8の態様のプログラムは、車両の前方に位置する先行車及び対向車の他車両を検出する検出装置から信号が入力され、出射する光の配光パターンを変更可能な灯具ユニットの制御装置に、前記先行車及び前記対向車を含む複数の前記他車両が前記車両の前方に位置し前記先行車及び前記対向車の一方が複数で他方が一つである状態では、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記配光パターンのうち、前記先行車及び前記対向車の少なくとも一部と重なる複数の第1領域の光量を減少させ、前記第1領域を個別に囲う複数の第2領域の光量を増加させると共に、前記先行車及び前記対向車のうち複数である一方の前記他車両と重なる複数の前記第1領域から成る組において、互いに隣り合う前記第1領域を囲うそれぞれの前記第2領域に接続され当該互いに隣り合う前記第1領域に挟まれる接続領域を含む第3領域の光量を増加させるように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力するステップを実行させ、前記先行車と重なる前記第1領域を囲う前記第2領域と前記対向車と重なる前記第1領域を囲う前記第2領域との間には、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合から光量が変化しない非特定領域が位置することを特徴とするものである。 In addition, an eighth aspect of the program of the present invention receives a signal from a detection device that detects other vehicles, such as a preceding vehicle and an oncoming vehicle, located in front of the vehicle, and a control device of a lighting unit that can change the light distribution pattern of the emitted light is configured to, in a state in which a plurality of other vehicles, including the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle, are located in front of the vehicle and one of the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle is multiple and the other is only one, reduce the amount of light in a plurality of first regions of the light distribution pattern that overlap with at least a portion of the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle, and increase the amount of light in a plurality of second regions that individually surround the first region, compared to a case in which the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle, and , in a set of a plurality of first regions overlapping one of the plurality of other vehicles among the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle, a step of outputting a signal capable of controlling the lighting unit is executed so as to increase the amount of light in a third region including a connection region that is connected to each of the second regions surrounding the adjacent first regions and is sandwiched between the adjacent first regions, and is characterized in that a non-specific region in which the amount of light does not change when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not positioned in front of the vehicle is located between the second region surrounding the first region overlapping the preceding vehicle and the second region surrounding the first region overlapping the oncoming vehicle.

 また、本発明の第9の態様の車両用前照灯は、出射する光の配光パターンを変更可能な灯具ユニットと、車両の前方に位置する先行車及び対向車の他車両を検出する検出装置から信号が入力され前記灯具ユニットを制御する制御装置と、を備え、前記制御装置は、前記先行車及び前記対向車を含む複数の前記他車両が前記車両の前方に位置し前記先行車及び前記対向車の一方が複数で他方が一つである状態では、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記配光パターンのうち、前記先行車及び前記対向車の少なくとも一部と重なる複数の第1領域の光量を減少させ、前記第1領域を個別に囲う複数の第2領域の光量を増加させると共に、前記先行車及び前記対向車のうち複数である一方の前記他車両と重なる複数の前記第1領域から成る組において、互いに隣り合う前記第1領域を囲うそれぞれの前記第2領域に接続され当該互いに隣り合う前記第1領域に挟まれる接続領域を含む第3領域の光量を増加させるように、前記灯具ユニットを制御し、前記先行車と重なる前記第1領域を囲う前記第2領域と前記対向車と重なる前記第1領域を囲う前記第2領域との間には、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合から光量が変化しない非特定領域が位置することを特徴とするものである。 Furthermore, a ninth aspect of the present invention provides a vehicle headlamp comprising a lighting unit capable of changing a light distribution pattern of emitted light, and a control device that receives a signal from a detection device that detects other vehicles, including a preceding vehicle and an oncoming vehicle, located in front of the vehicle and controls the lighting unit, and when a plurality of other vehicles, including the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle, are located in front of the vehicle and one of the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle is multiple and the other is only one, the control device reduces the amount of light in a plurality of first regions of the light distribution pattern that overlap at least a portion of the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle, compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle, and controls the first regions to be individually illuminated. The lighting unit is controlled to increase the amount of light in a plurality of second regions surrounding the preceding vehicle and a third region including a connecting region connected to each of the second regions surrounding the adjacent first regions and sandwiched between the adjacent first regions in a set of a plurality of first regions overlapping one of the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle, and is characterized in that a non-specific region in which the amount of light does not change when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle is located between the second region surrounding the first region overlapping the preceding vehicle and the second region surrounding the first region overlapping the oncoming vehicle.

 第7の態様の灯具ユニットの制御装置、第8の態様のプログラム、及び第9の態様の車両用前照灯によれば、前述の第4の態様の灯具ユニットの制御装置、第5の態様のプログラム、及び第6の態様の車両用前照灯と同様に、先行車及び対向車に照射される光量を減少し得ると共に、暗くされる領域である複数の第1領域のそれぞれの周囲が暗く見えることを抑制し得、車両の前方の視認性の低下を抑制し得る。また、先行車及び対向車のうち複数である一方の他車両とそれぞれ重なる複数の第1領域から成る組において、互いに隣り合う一対の第1領域の間が暗く見えることを抑制し得る。また、増光される第2領域及び第3領域が一体となり、第3領域が第2領域と離隔する場合と比べて、運転者が違和感を覚えることを抑制し得る。また、この灯具ユニットの制御装置、プログラム、及び車両用前照灯では、先行車と重なる第1領域を囲う第2領域と対向車と重なる第1領域を囲う第2領域との間には、先行車及び対向車が車両の前方に位置しない場合から光量が変化しない非特定領域が位置する。このため、先行車と重なる第1領域と対向車と重なる第1領域とに挟まれこれら第1領域を囲うそれぞれの第2領域に接続される領域の光量は、増加しない。このため、この領域の光量が増加する場合と比べて、第3領域の形状の変化を抑制し得る。従って、この場合と比べて、配光パターンの変化を抑制し得、運転者が配光パターンの変化に煩わしさを覚えることを抑制し得る。 The seventh aspect of the control device for a lighting unit, the eighth aspect of the program, and the ninth aspect of the vehicle headlamp can reduce the amount of light irradiated to a preceding vehicle and an oncoming vehicle, as with the fourth aspect of the control device for a lighting unit, the fifth aspect of the program, and the sixth aspect of the vehicle headlamp, and can suppress the periphery of each of the multiple first areas, which are the darkened areas, from appearing dark, thereby suppressing a decrease in visibility ahead of the vehicle. Also, in a group consisting of multiple first areas that overlap with one of the multiple other vehicles, which is the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle, it can suppress the area between a pair of adjacent first areas from appearing dark. Also, the second and third areas that are brightened are integrated, and compared to a case in which the third area is separated from the second area, it can suppress the driver from feeling uncomfortable. In addition, in the control device, program, and vehicle headlamp of this lighting unit, between the second region surrounding the first region overlapping the preceding vehicle and the second region surrounding the first region overlapping the oncoming vehicle, there is a non-specific region in which the amount of light does not change even when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle. Therefore, the amount of light in the region sandwiched between the first region overlapping the preceding vehicle and the first region overlapping the oncoming vehicle and connected to each of the second regions surrounding these first regions does not increase. Therefore, compared to when the amount of light in this region increases, the change in the shape of the third region can be suppressed. Therefore, compared to this case, the change in the light distribution pattern can be suppressed, and the driver's annoyance caused by the change in the light distribution pattern can be suppressed.

本発明の第1から第3の態様としての第1実施形態の車両用前照灯を備える車両を示す概略図である。1 is a schematic diagram showing a vehicle equipped with a vehicle headlamp according to a first embodiment of the present invention as first to third aspects. 灯具部を概略的に示す断面図である。FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic view of a lighting unit. 図2に示す光源部を概略的に示す正面図である。3 is a front view showing the light source unit shown in FIG. 2; 第1実施形態における制御装置の動作を示すフローチャートである。4 is a flowchart showing an operation of the control device in the first embodiment. 第1実施形態におけるハイビームの配光パターンの一例を示す図である。FIG. 4 is a diagram showing an example of a high beam light distribution pattern in the first embodiment. 第1実施形態におけるADB配光パターンの一例を図5と同様に示す図である。FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating an example of an ADB light distribution pattern in the first embodiment, similar to FIG. 5 . 図6に示す状況を示す概略図である。FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram illustrating the situation shown in FIG. 6 . 第1実施形態における別のADB配光パターンの一例を図6と同様に示す図である。FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating an example of another ADB light distribution pattern in the first embodiment, similar to FIG. 6 . 第1実施形態の制御装置における第3領域の光量を変化させる処理の動作を示すフローチャートである。10 is a flowchart showing an operation of a process for changing the amount of light in a third region in the control device of the first embodiment. 本発明の第1から第3の態様としての第2実施形態の制御装置における第3領域の光量を変化させる処理の動作を示すフローチャートである。13 is a flowchart showing an operation of a process for changing the amount of light in a third region in a control device according to a second embodiment as the first to third aspects of the present invention. 第2実施形態の第2状態におけるADB配光パターンの一例を図6と同様に示す図である。FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating an example of an ADB light distribution pattern in a second state according to the second embodiment, similar to FIG. 6 . 本発明の第4から第9の態様としての第3実施形態におけるADB配光パターンの一例を図5と同様に示す図である。FIG. 7 is a diagram similar to FIG. 5 showing an example of an ADB light distribution pattern in a third embodiment as fourth to ninth aspects of the present invention. 第3実施形態における別のADB配光パターンの一例を図12と同様に示す図である。FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating an example of another ADB light distribution pattern in the third embodiment, similar to FIG. 12 . 図12に示す状況を示す概略図である。FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram illustrating the situation shown in FIG. 12 . 第3実施形態における更に別のADB配光パターンの一例を図12と同様に示す図である。FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating an example of still another ADB light distribution pattern in the third embodiment, similar to FIG. 12 . 本発明の第4から第9の態様としての第4実施形態におけるADB配光パターンの一例を図12と同様に示す図である。FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating an example of an ADB light distribution pattern in a fourth embodiment as the fourth to ninth aspects of the present invention, similar to FIG. 12 . 本発明の第4から第9の態様としての第5実施形態のADB配光パターンの一例を図12と同様に示す図である。FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating an example of an ADB light distribution pattern according to a fifth embodiment as fourth to ninth aspects of the present invention, similar to FIG. 12 . 本発明の第4から第9の態様としての第6実施形態の制御装置における第3領域の光量を変化させる処理の動作を示すフローチャートである。13 is a flowchart showing the operation of a process for changing the light amount of a third region in a control device according to a sixth embodiment as fourth to ninth aspects of the present invention.

 以下、本発明に係る灯具ユニットの制御装置、プログラム、及び車両用前照灯の好適な実施形態について図面を参照しながら詳細に説明する。以下に例示する実施形態は、本発明の理解を容易にするためのものであり、本発明を限定して解釈するためのものではない。本発明は、請求項の範囲内において、その趣旨を逸脱することなく、変更、改良することができる。また、本発明は、以下に例示する実施形態における構成要素を適宜組み合わせてもよい。なお、以下で参照する図面では、理解を容易にするために、各部材の寸法を変えて示す場合がある。また、図面では、見易さのため、同様の構成要素については一部にのみ参照符号が付され、一部参照符号が省略される場合がある。 Below, preferred embodiments of the lighting unit control device, program, and vehicle headlamp according to the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. The embodiments exemplified below are intended to facilitate understanding of the present invention, and are not intended to limit the interpretation of the present invention. The present invention can be modified and improved within the scope of the claims without departing from the spirit thereof. The present invention may also be combined as appropriate with the components in the embodiments exemplified below. Note that in the drawings referred to below, the dimensions of each component may be changed to facilitate understanding. Also, in the drawings, for ease of viewing, reference symbols are assigned to only some of the similar components, and some reference symbols may be omitted.

(第1実施形態)
 本発明の第1から第3の態様としての第1実施形態について説明する。図1は、本実施形態の車両用前照灯を備える車両を示す概略図である。図1に示すように、車両100は、左右一対の車両用前照灯1と、ECU(Electronic Control Unit)101と、ライトスイッチ110と、検出装置120と、を備える。本明細書において「右」とは車両100の前進方向において右側を意味し、「左」とは当該前進方向において左側を意味し、運転者とは車両100の運転者を意味する。本実施形態の車両100は、自動車である。
First Embodiment
A first embodiment as the first to third aspects of the present invention will be described. Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram showing a vehicle equipped with a vehicle headlamp of this embodiment. As shown in Fig. 1, a vehicle 100 includes a pair of left and right vehicle headlamp 1, an ECU (Electronic Control Unit) 101, a light switch 110, and a detection device 120. In this specification, "right" means the right side in the forward direction of the vehicle 100, "left" means the left side in the forward direction, and a driver means the driver of the vehicle 100. The vehicle 100 of this embodiment is an automobile.

 それぞれの車両用前照灯1は、灯具部5と、メモリMEと、制御装置COと、電源回路50とを備える。一般的に、一方の車両用前照灯1の灯具部5は車両100の前方部位の左側に配置され、他方の車両用前照灯1の灯具部5は当該前方部位の右側に配置される。一方の車両用前照灯1の構成は、灯具部5の形状が概ね左右対称である点を除いて、他方の車両用前照灯1の構成と同じとされる。このため、以下では、一方の車両用前照灯1について説明し、他方の車両用前照灯1についての説明は省略する。 Each vehicle headlamp 1 comprises a lamp unit 5, a memory ME, a control device CO, and a power supply circuit 50. Generally, the lamp unit 5 of one vehicle headlamp 1 is disposed on the left side of the front portion of the vehicle 100, and the lamp unit 5 of the other vehicle headlamp 1 is disposed on the right side of the same front portion. The configuration of one vehicle headlamp 1 is the same as the configuration of the other vehicle headlamp 1, except that the shape of the lamp unit 5 is roughly symmetrical. For this reason, the following will describe one vehicle headlamp 1, and a description of the other vehicle headlamp 1 will be omitted.

 図2は、灯具部5を概略的に示す断面図である。灯具部5は、筐体16と、灯具ユニット10とを主な構成として備える。 FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view showing the lamp section 5. The lamp section 5 mainly comprises a housing 16 and a lamp unit 10.

 筐体16は、ハウジング17及びフロントカバー18を主な構成として備える。フロントカバー18は、灯具ユニット10から出射する光を透過する。ハウジング17は前方に開口を有する箱状に構成され、当該開口を塞ぐようにフロントカバー18がハウジング17に固定される。こうして、筐体16には、ハウジング17とフロントカバー18とによって囲われる収容空間が形成され、当該収容空間に灯具ユニット10が配置される。 The case 16 mainly comprises a housing 17 and a front cover 18. The front cover 18 transmits light emitted from the lighting unit 10. The housing 17 is configured in a box shape with an opening at the front, and the front cover 18 is fixed to the housing 17 so as to cover the opening. In this way, an accommodation space surrounded by the housing 17 and the front cover 18 is formed in the case 16, and the lighting unit 10 is arranged in the accommodation space.

 灯具ユニット10は、出射する光の配光パターンを変更可能である。配光パターンとは、例えば、車両100の前方に位置する鉛直な面に、照射される光により描かれる光のパターンであり、光の外形の他に、光の強度分布を含む。本実施形態の灯具ユニット10は、前方に向かって光を出射する光源部12と、光源部12の前方に配置される投影レンズ15とを主な構成として備える。 The lighting unit 10 is capable of changing the light distribution pattern of the emitted light. The light distribution pattern is, for example, a light pattern drawn by the light irradiated onto a vertical surface located in front of the vehicle 100, and includes the light intensity distribution as well as the outline of the light. The lighting unit 10 of this embodiment mainly comprises a light source section 12 that emits light forward, and a projection lens 15 that is positioned in front of the light source section 12.

 図3は、図2に示す光源部12を概略的に示す正面図である。図3に示すように、本実施形態の光源部12は、光を出射する光出射部としての複数の発光素子13と、複数の発光素子13が実装される回路基板14とを有する。複数の発光素子13は、マトリックス状に配置されて上下方向及び左右方向に列を形成し、前方に向かって光を出射する。これら発光素子13は、出射する光の光量を個別に変更可能とされている。本実施形態では、これら発光素子13はマイクロLED(Light Emitting Diode)であり、光源部12は所謂マイクロLEDアレイである。なお、左右方向に並ぶ発光素子13の数、及び上下方向に並ぶ発光素子13の数は、特に限定されるものではない。 FIG. 3 is a front view showing the light source unit 12 shown in FIG. 2 in a simplified manner. As shown in FIG. 3, the light source unit 12 of this embodiment has a plurality of light-emitting elements 13 as a light-emitting unit that emits light, and a circuit board 14 on which the plurality of light-emitting elements 13 are mounted. The plurality of light-emitting elements 13 are arranged in a matrix to form rows in the vertical and horizontal directions, and emit light forward. The amount of light emitted by each of the light-emitting elements 13 can be individually changed. In this embodiment, the light-emitting elements 13 are micro LEDs (Light Emitting Diodes), and the light source unit 12 is a so-called micro LED array. Note that the number of light-emitting elements 13 arranged in the horizontal direction and the number of light-emitting elements 13 arranged in the vertical direction are not particularly limited.

 投影レンズ15は、光源部12より前方に配置され、光源部12から出射する光が入射し、この光の発散角が投影レンズ15で調節される。このため、投影レンズ15で発散角が調節された光が灯具ユニット10から出射し、当該光がフロントカバー18を介して灯具部5から車両100の前方へ照射される。本実施形態の投影レンズ15は、光の入射面及び出射面が凸状に形成されたレンズであり、投影レンズ15の後方焦点は、光源部12におけるいずれかの発光素子13の光の出射面上またはその近傍に位置している。このため、車両100の前方へ照射される光の配光パターンは、光源部12が出射する光の配光パターンが上下左右に反転された配光パターンである。 The projection lens 15 is disposed in front of the light source unit 12, and the light emitted from the light source unit 12 is incident on it, and the divergence angle of this light is adjusted by the projection lens 15. Therefore, the light whose divergence angle has been adjusted by the projection lens 15 is emitted from the lamp unit 10, and the light is irradiated forward of the vehicle 100 from the lamp unit 5 via the front cover 18. The projection lens 15 in this embodiment is a lens with a light entrance surface and an exit surface formed in a convex shape, and the rear focal point of the projection lens 15 is located on or near the light exit surface of any of the light-emitting elements 13 in the light source unit 12. Therefore, the light distribution pattern of the light irradiated forward of the vehicle 100 is a light distribution pattern that is the light distribution pattern of the light emitted by the light source unit 12 inverted vertically and horizontally.

 次に、図1に示す制御装置COは、例えば、マイクロコントローラ、IC(Integrated Circuit)、LSI(Large-scale Integrated Circuit)、ASIC(Application Specific Integrated Circuit)などの集積回路やNC(Numerical Control)装置から成る。また、制御装置COは、NC装置を用いた場合、機械学習器を用いたものであってもよく、機械学習器を用いないものであってもよい。制御装置COは、メモリME、電源回路50、及びECU101と電気的に接続されている。 Next, the control device CO shown in FIG. 1 is composed of an integrated circuit such as a microcontroller, an IC (Integrated Circuit), an LSI (Large-scale Integrated Circuit), or an ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit), or an NC (Numerical Control) device. Furthermore, when an NC device is used, the control device CO may or may not use a machine learning device. The control device CO is electrically connected to the memory ME, the power supply circuit 50, and the ECU 101.

 メモリMEは、情報を記憶し、当該記憶した情報を読み出し可能に構成される。メモリMEは、例えば非一過性(non-transitory)の記録媒体であり、RAM(Random Access Memory)やROM(Read Only Memory)等の半導体記録媒体が好適であるが、光学式記録媒体や磁気記録媒体等の任意の形式の記録媒体を包含し得る。なお、「非一過性」の記録媒体とは、一過性の伝搬信号(transitory, propagating signal)を除く全てのコンピュータで読み取り可能な記録媒体を含み、揮発性の記録媒体を除外するものではない。このメモリMEには、灯具ユニット10を制御するためのプログラムや当該制御に必要な情報が記憶され、制御装置COはメモリMEに記憶されるプログラムや情報を読み出す。 The memory ME is configured to store information and to be able to read out the stored information. The memory ME is, for example, a non-transitory recording medium, and is preferably a semiconductor recording medium such as a random access memory (RAM) or a read only memory (ROM), but may include any type of recording medium, such as an optical recording medium or a magnetic recording medium. Note that "non-transitory" recording media includes all computer-readable recording media except for transient, propagating signals, and does not exclude volatile recording media. Programs for controlling the lighting unit 10 and information necessary for such control are stored in this memory ME, and the control device CO reads out the programs and information stored in the memory ME.

 本実施形態の制御装置COは、メモリMEから灯具ユニット10を制御するためのプログラムを読み出し、電源回路50へ信号を出力して当該電源回路50を制御することで灯具ユニット10を制御する。 The control device CO of this embodiment reads out a program for controlling the lighting unit 10 from the memory ME, and controls the lighting unit 10 by outputting a signal to the power supply circuit 50 and controlling the power supply circuit 50.

 電源回路50は、ドライバを含んでおり、制御装置COから制御信号が入力すると、このドライバによって図示しない電源から光源部12の各発光素子13に供給される電力が調節される。こうして、それぞれの発光素子13から出射する光の光量が調節され、それぞれの発光素子13から出射する光の光量に応じた配光パターンを有する光が灯具ユニット10から出射する。 The power supply circuit 50 includes a driver, and when a control signal is input from the control device CO, the driver adjusts the power supplied from a power supply (not shown) to each light-emitting element 13 of the light source section 12. In this way, the amount of light emitted from each light-emitting element 13 is adjusted, and light having a light distribution pattern according to the amount of light emitted from each light-emitting element 13 is emitted from the lighting unit 10.

 本実施形態のライトスイッチ110は、光の出射または非出射を選択するスイッチである。ライトスイッチ110は、オンの場合には光の出射を示す信号をECU101を介して制御装置COに出力し、オフの場合には信号を出力しない。 The light switch 110 in this embodiment is a switch that selects whether or not to emit light. When the light switch 110 is on, it outputs a signal indicating the emission of light to the control device CO via the ECU 101, and when it is off, it does not output a signal.

 本実施形態の検出装置120は、車両100の前方に位置する所定の対象物を検出する。所定の対象物として、例えば、先行車や対向車等の他車両、再帰反射物体、歩行者等の人間、障害物等が挙げられる。本実施形態の再帰反射物体は、自ら発光せず、照射される光を所定の広がり角度で再帰反射する物体であり、このような再帰反射物体として、例えば、道路標識、視線誘導標等が挙げられる。本実施形態の検出装置120は、画像取得部121と検出部122とを備える。 The detection device 120 of this embodiment detects a predetermined object located in front of the vehicle 100. Examples of the predetermined object include other vehicles such as a preceding vehicle or an oncoming vehicle, a retroreflective object, a human being such as a pedestrian, an obstacle, etc. A retroreflective object in this embodiment is an object that does not emit light itself but retroreflects irradiated light at a predetermined spread angle, and examples of such retroreflective objects include road signs and delineators. The detection device 120 of this embodiment includes an image acquisition unit 121 and a detection unit 122.

 画像取得部121は車両100の前方の画像を取得し、この画像には、一対の車両用前照灯1から出射する光を照射可能な領域の少なくとも一部が含まれる。画像取得部121として、例えば、CCD(Charged Coupled Device)カメラ、CMOS(Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor)カメラ、LiDAR(Light Detection And Ranging)、ステレオカメラ等が挙げられる。画像取得部121は取得した画像に係る信号を検出部122に出力する。 The image acquisition unit 121 acquires an image of the area ahead of the vehicle 100, and this image includes at least a portion of the area onto which light emitted from the pair of vehicle headlights 1 can be irradiated. Examples of the image acquisition unit 121 include a CCD (Charged Coupled Device) camera, a CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor) camera, a LiDAR (Light Detection And Ranging), a stereo camera, etc. The image acquisition unit 121 outputs a signal related to the acquired image to the detection unit 122.

 検出部122は、例えば、制御装置COと同様の構成である。検出部122は、画像取得部121によって取得された画像に所定の画像処理を施すことで、所定の対象物の存在、所定の対象物の位置座標、所定の対象物の種類等を検出する。検出装置120は、所定の対象物を検出した場合には、当該所定の対象物の存在、所定の対象物の存在位置、所定の対象物の種類といった情報を示す信号を、ECU101を介して制御装置COに出力する。また、検出装置120は、所定の対象物を検出しない場合には、所定の対象物が存在しないことを示す信号を、ECU101を介して制御装置COに出力するが、当該信号を出力しなくてもよい。 The detection unit 122 has the same configuration as the control device CO, for example. The detection unit 122 detects the presence of a specific object, the position coordinates of the specific object, the type of the specific object, etc. by applying a specific image processing to the image acquired by the image acquisition unit 121. When the detection device 120 detects a specific object, it outputs a signal indicating information such as the presence of the specific object, the position of the specific object, and the type of the specific object to the control device CO via the ECU 101. When the detection device 120 does not detect a specific object, it outputs a signal indicating that the specific object does not exist to the control device CO via the ECU 101, but it is not necessary to output this signal.

 本実施形態では、検出装置120は、所定の対象物の位置座標として、画像取得部121から所定の対象物へ向かうベクトル、及び画像取得部121から所定の対象物までの距離を算出する。このベクトルは、三次元ベクトルであり、例えば、画像取得部121の中心を通り車両100の前後方向に沿って延びる第1軸、画像取得部121の中心を通り第1軸と垂直で車両100の左右方向に沿って延びる第2軸、画像取得部121の中心を通り第1軸及び第2軸と垂直な第3軸を基準とする座標系のベクトルとされる。なお、所定の対象物の位置座標は、限定されるもではない。 In this embodiment, the detection device 120 calculates a vector from the image acquisition unit 121 toward the specified object and the distance from the image acquisition unit 121 to the specified object as the position coordinates of the specified object. This vector is a three-dimensional vector, and is, for example, a vector in a coordinate system based on a first axis that passes through the center of the image acquisition unit 121 and extends along the front-to-rear direction of the vehicle 100, a second axis that passes through the center of the image acquisition unit 121, is perpendicular to the first axis, and extends along the left-to-right direction of the vehicle 100, and a third axis that passes through the center of the image acquisition unit 121 and is perpendicular to the first axis and the second axis. Note that the position coordinates of the specified object are not limited.

 また、検出装置120が検出する所定の対象物、所定の対象物の種類の数、及び検出装置120の構成は特に限定されるものではない。例えば、画像取得部121はCCDカメラ及びLiDARであってもよく、CCDカメラ及びミリ波レーダであってもよい。また、検出装置120は、ミリ波レーダと検出部122とから成る構成であってもよい。また、検出部122による所定の対象物の検出方法は限定されるものではない。例えば、検出部122は、所定の輝度より高い輝度の白色系の一対の光点や赤色系の一対の光点が左右方向に所定の間隔をあけて存在する画像の情報が画像取得部121から入力した場合には、当該光点から所定の対象物としての他車両の存在及び位置座標を検出する。例えば、検出部122は、上記の白色系の一対の光点が存在する画像の情報が画像取得部121から入力した場合には、他車両を対向車と識別する。また、検出部122は、上記の赤色系の一対の光点が存在する画像の情報が画像取得部121から入力した場合には、他車両を先行車と識別する。例えば、白色系の一対の光点は対向車の前照灯であり、赤色系の一対の光点は先行車の尾灯である。 Furthermore, the predetermined object detected by the detection device 120, the number of types of the predetermined object, and the configuration of the detection device 120 are not particularly limited. For example, the image acquisition unit 121 may be a CCD camera and LiDAR, or may be a CCD camera and a millimeter wave radar. Furthermore, the detection device 120 may be configured to include a millimeter wave radar and the detection unit 122. Furthermore, the method of detecting the predetermined object by the detection unit 122 is not limited. For example, when the detection unit 122 receives image information from the image acquisition unit 121 in which a pair of white light points or a pair of red light points with a luminance higher than a predetermined luminance are present at a predetermined interval in the left-right direction, the detection unit 122 detects the presence and position coordinates of another vehicle as a predetermined object from the light points. For example, when the detection unit 122 receives image information from the image acquisition unit 121 in which the above-mentioned pair of white light points are present, the detection unit 122 identifies the other vehicle as an oncoming vehicle. Furthermore, when image information in which the above-mentioned pair of red light spots is present is input from the image acquisition unit 121, the detection unit 122 identifies the other vehicle as a preceding vehicle. For example, a pair of white light spots are the headlights of an oncoming vehicle, and a pair of red light spots are the taillights of a preceding vehicle.

 次に、本実施形態の車両用前照灯1の動作について説明する。本実施形態では、一対の車両用前照灯1の動作は、互いに同じであり、同期する。このため、以下では、一方の車両用前照灯1の動作について説明し、他方の車両用前照灯1の動作の説明は省略する。 Next, the operation of the vehicle headlamp 1 of this embodiment will be described. In this embodiment, the operation of the pair of vehicle headlamp 1 is the same and synchronized with each other. For this reason, the operation of one vehicle headlamp 1 will be described below, and the operation of the other vehicle headlamp 1 will be omitted.

 図4は、本実施形態における制御装置COの動作を示すフローチャートである。図4に示すように、本実施形態では、制御装置COの動作は、ステップSP11~ステップSP15を備え、制御装置COがメモリMEから読み出すプログラムは、制御装置COにこれらステップSP11~ステップSP15を実行させる。図4に示す開始の状態では、制御装置COには、検出装置120からの信号が入力されているものとする。 FIG. 4 is a flowchart showing the operation of the control device CO in this embodiment. As shown in FIG. 4, in this embodiment, the operation of the control device CO comprises steps SP11 to SP15, and the program that the control device CO reads from the memory ME causes the control device CO to execute these steps SP11 to SP15. In the start state shown in FIG. 4, it is assumed that a signal from the detection device 120 is input to the control device CO.

(ステップSP11)
 本ステップは、ライトスイッチ110から信号が入力されているか否かで、次のステップを異ならせるステップである。本ステップにおいて、制御装置COは、ライトスイッチ110から信号が入力されていない場合には制御フローをステップSP12に進め、この信号が入力する場合には制御フローをステップSP13に進める。
(Step SP11)
This step is a step in which the next step is different depending on whether or not a signal is input from the light switch 110. In this step, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP12 if no signal is input from the light switch 110, and advances the control flow to step SP13 if this signal is input.

(ステップSP12)
 本ステップは、車両用前照灯1から光を非出射とさせるステップである。本ステップにおいて、制御装置COは、電源回路50に信号を出力して当該電源回路50を制御することで灯具ユニット10を制御し、当該灯具ユニット10からの光を非出射にする。これにより、車両用前照灯1は、光を出射しない。なお、制御装置COから出力される信号は、非出射となるように灯具ユニット10を制御可能な信号であればよく、特に制限されない。結果として灯具ユニット10からの光が非出射となればよい。例えば、ステップSP11から本ステップに進む際に灯具ユニット10から光が出射していない場合には、制御装置COは、その状態を維持すればよく、この場合、制御装置COは、電源回路50に何ら信号を出力しなくてもよい。本ステップの後、制御装置COは、制御フローをステップSP11に戻す。
(Step SP12)
This step is a step of making the vehicle headlamp 1 not emit light. In this step, the control device CO outputs a signal to the power supply circuit 50 to control the power supply circuit 50 to control the lamp unit 10, and makes the lamp unit 10 not emit light. As a result, the vehicle headlamp 1 does not emit light. The signal output from the control device CO is not particularly limited as long as it is a signal that can control the lamp unit 10 to not emit light. As a result, it is sufficient that the light from the lamp unit 10 is not emitted. For example, if light is not emitted from the lamp unit 10 when proceeding from step SP11 to this step, the control device CO may maintain that state, and in this case, the control device CO may not output any signal to the power supply circuit 50. After this step, the control device CO returns the control flow to step SP11.

(ステップSP13)
 本ステップは、検出装置120からの信号により、次のステップを異ならせるステップである。本ステップにおいて、制御装置COは、検出装置120から所定の対象物が存在しないことを示す信号が入力する場合、制御フローをステップSP14に進め、検出装置120から所定の対象物に係る情報を示す信号が入力する場合、制御フローをステップSP15に進める。なお、所定の対象物が存在しない場合に検出装置120が信号を出力しない構成とされる場合、制御装置COは、検出装置120から信号が入力しない場合に制御フローをステップSP14に進める。
(Step SP13)
This step is a step in which the next step is changed depending on the signal from the detection device 120. In this step, when the control device CO receives a signal from the detection device 120 indicating that a predetermined object does not exist, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP14, and when the control device CO receives a signal from the detection device 120 indicating information related to the predetermined object, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP15. Note that, when the detection device 120 is configured not to output a signal when a predetermined object does not exist, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP14 when no signal is input from the detection device 120.

(ステップSP14)
 本ステップは、車両用前照灯1からハイビームを出射させるステップである。本ステップにおいて、制御装置COは、電源回路50に信号を出力して当該電源回路50を制御することで灯具ユニット10を制御し、当該灯具ユニット10からハイビームを出射させる。こうして、車両100の前方に所定の対象物が存在しない場合に、車両用前照灯1からハイビームが出射する。なお、制御装置COから出力される信号は、ハイビームが出射するように灯具ユニット10を制御可能な信号であればよく、特に制限されない。例えば、ステップSP13から本ステップに進む際に灯具ユニット10からハイビームが出射している場合には、制御装置COは、その状態を維持すればよく、この場合、制御装置COは、電源回路50に何ら信号を出力しなくてもよい。本ステップの後、制御装置COは、制御フローをステップSP11に戻す。
(Step SP14)
This step is a step of emitting a high beam from the vehicle headlamp 1. In this step, the control device CO outputs a signal to the power supply circuit 50 to control the power supply circuit 50, thereby controlling the lamp unit 10 and emitting a high beam from the lamp unit 10. In this way, when there is no predetermined object in front of the vehicle 100, the high beam is emitted from the vehicle headlamp 1. Note that the signal output from the control device CO is not particularly limited as long as it is a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit 10 to emit a high beam. For example, if a high beam is emitted from the lamp unit 10 when proceeding from step SP13 to this step, the control device CO may maintain that state, and in this case, the control device CO may not output any signal to the power supply circuit 50. After this step, the control device CO returns the control flow to step SP11.

 図5は、本実施形態におけるハイビームの配光パターンの一例を示す図である。図5において、Vは車両100の左右方向の中心を通る鉛直線を示し、車両100の25m前方に配置された仮想鉛直スクリーン上に形成されるハイビームの配光パターンPHが太線で示される。また、図5に示す状況は、片側二車線の道路における路肩側と反対側の車線を車両100が走行し、当該車両100は平地から登り坂に入る手前に位置している状況である。本実施形態では、ハイビームを出射する際に全ての発光素子13から光が出射され、ハイビームの配光パターンの外形は概ね横長の長方形状である。 FIG. 5 is a diagram showing an example of a high beam light distribution pattern in this embodiment. In FIG. 5, V indicates a vertical line passing through the center of the vehicle 100 in the left-right direction, and the high beam light distribution pattern PH formed on a virtual vertical screen located 25 m in front of the vehicle 100 is shown by a thick line. The situation shown in FIG. 5 is one in which the vehicle 100 is traveling in the lane opposite the shoulder of a two-lane road, and the vehicle 100 is located just before starting uphill from flat ground. In this embodiment, when emitting a high beam, light is emitted from all of the light-emitting elements 13, and the outline of the high beam light distribution pattern is a roughly horizontally long rectangle.

(ステップSP15)
 本ステップは、検出装置120によって検出される車両100の前方に位置する所定の対象物に応じたADB配光パターンを有する光を車両用前照灯1から出射させるステップである。本実施形態におけるADB配光パターンは、ハイビームの配光パターンPHのうち、少なくとも第1領域、及び第2領域における光量が変化された配光パターンである。第1領域は所定の対象物の少なくとも一部と重なり、第2領域は第1領域を囲う。第1領域の光量の変化は所定の対象物が車両100の前方に位置しない場合と比べて減少する変化である。第2領域の光量の変化は所定の対象物が車両100の前方に位置しない場合と比べて増加する変化である。
(Step SP15)
This step is a step of emitting light having an ADB light distribution pattern corresponding to a predetermined object located in front of the vehicle 100 detected by the detection device 120 from the vehicle headlamp 1. The ADB light distribution pattern in this embodiment is a light distribution pattern in which the amount of light is changed in at least a first region and a second region of the high beam light distribution pattern PH. The first region overlaps with at least a portion of the predetermined object, and the second region surrounds the first region. The change in the amount of light in the first region is a decrease compared to when the predetermined object is not located in front of the vehicle 100. The change in the amount of light in the second region is an increase compared to when the predetermined object is not located in front of the vehicle 100.

 本ステップにおいて、制御装置COは、検出装置120から入力する所定の対象物に係る情報に基づいて電源回路50に信号を出力して当該電源回路50を制御することで灯具ユニット10を制御し、当該灯具ユニット10からADB配光パターンを有する光を出射させる。こうして、車両100の前方に所定の対象物が存在する場合に、車両用前照灯1から所定の対象物に応じたADB配光パターンを有する光が出射する。なお、制御装置COから出力される信号は、所定の対象物に応じたADB配光パターンを有する光が出射するように灯具ユニット10を制御可能な信号であればよく、特に制限されない。本ステップの後、制御装置COは、制御フローをステップSP11に戻す。 In this step, the control device CO outputs a signal to the power supply circuit 50 based on information related to the specified object input from the detection device 120, thereby controlling the power supply circuit 50 and controlling the lighting unit 10 to emit light having an ADB light distribution pattern from the lighting unit 10. In this way, when a specified object is present in front of the vehicle 100, light having an ADB light distribution pattern corresponding to the specified object is emitted from the vehicle headlamp 1. Note that the signal output from the control device CO is not particularly limited as long as it is a signal capable of controlling the lighting unit 10 to emit light having an ADB light distribution pattern corresponding to the specified object. After this step, the control device CO returns the control flow to step SP11.

 次に、本実施形態のADB配光パターンについて詳細に説明する。 Next, the ADB light distribution pattern of this embodiment will be described in detail.

 図6は、本実施形態におけるADB配光パターンの一例を図5と同様に示す図であり、三つの所定の対象物OB1,OB2,OB3が車両100の前方に位置する際のADB配光パターンを示す図である。図6において、3つの所定の対象物OB1,OB2,OB3は、他車両であり、車両100と概ね同じ方向に走行する先行車である。図6に示す状況は、車両100が平地から登り坂に入る手前に位置し、二つの所定の対象物OB1,OB2である先行車が平地に位置し、一つの所定の対象物OB3である先行車が登り坂に位置している状況である。 FIG. 6 is a diagram similar to FIG. 5 showing an example of an ADB light distribution pattern in this embodiment, and shows the ADB light distribution pattern when three predetermined objects OB1, OB2, and OB3 are located in front of the vehicle 100. In FIG. 6, the three predetermined objects OB1, OB2, and OB3 are other vehicles, which are preceding vehicles traveling in roughly the same direction as the vehicle 100. The situation shown in FIG. 6 is a situation in which the vehicle 100 is located just before entering an uphill road from flat ground, the preceding vehicles, which are the two predetermined objects OB1 and OB2, are located on flat ground, and the preceding vehicle, which is the one predetermined object OB3, is located on an uphill road.

 ADB配光パターンP1では、所定の対象物OB1,OB2,OB3の少なくとも一部とそれぞれ重なる第1領域61a,61b,61cの光量は、ハイビームの配光パターンPHにおける当該第1領域61a,61b,61cの光量より少ない。このため、本実施形態の車両用前照灯1によれば、所定の対象物OB1,OB2,OB3に照射される光の量を減少させて、所定の対象物OB1,OB2,OB3である他車両の運転者へのグレアを抑制し得る。なお、本実施形態の第1領域61a,61b,61cは、光が照射されない遮光領域であるが、制限されるものではない。また、図6に示す例では、第1領域61a,61b,61cは、所定の対象物OB1,OB2,OB3におけるナンバープレートより上部に重なる矩形状である。しかし、他車両の運転者へのグレアを抑制する観点では、第1領域61a,61b,61cは他車両の運転者が車外を視認するための視認部の少なくとも一部に重なっていればよい。例えば、他車両の全体に第1領域61a,61b,61cが重なっていてもよく、第1領域61a,61b,61cの形状や大きさは制限されない。なお、視認部とは、他車両が対向車の場合には例えばフロントウインドであり、他車両が先行車の場合には例えばサイドミラー、リアウインド、車両の後方を撮像する撮像装置等であり、これらは一般的にナンバープレートより上部に配置される傾向にある。 In the ADB light distribution pattern P1, the light amount of the first regions 61a, 61b, and 61c that overlap at least a portion of the predetermined objects OB1, OB2, and OB3 is less than the light amount of the first regions 61a, 61b, and 61c in the high beam light distribution pattern PH. Therefore, according to the vehicle headlamp 1 of this embodiment, the amount of light irradiated to the predetermined objects OB1, OB2, and OB3 can be reduced, thereby suppressing glare to the drivers of other vehicles that are the predetermined objects OB1, OB2, and OB3. Note that the first regions 61a, 61b, and 61c of this embodiment are light-shielding regions that are not irradiated with light, but are not limited thereto. In the example shown in FIG. 6, the first regions 61a, 61b, and 61c are rectangular and overlap above the license plates of the predetermined objects OB1, OB2, and OB3. However, from the viewpoint of suppressing glare to the driver of the other vehicle, the first regions 61a, 61b, and 61c only need to overlap at least a part of the viewing area through which the driver of the other vehicle can see outside the vehicle. For example, the first regions 61a, 61b, and 61c may overlap the entire other vehicle, and the shape and size of the first regions 61a, 61b, and 61c are not limited. Note that the viewing area is, for example, the front windshield when the other vehicle is an oncoming vehicle, and is, for example, the side mirror, rear windshield, or an imaging device that captures an image of the rear of the vehicle when the other vehicle is a leading vehicle, and these generally tend to be located above the license plate.

 図6に示す例では、第1領域61aと第1領域61bとが互いに隣り合い、第1領域61bと第1領域61cとが互いに隣り合う。なお、本明細書では、互いに隣り合う一対の第1領域とは、複数の第1領域のうち、特定の第1領域と当該特定の第1領域に最も近い別の第1領域との組のことである。 In the example shown in FIG. 6, first region 61a and first region 61b are adjacent to each other, and first region 61b and first region 61c are adjacent to each other. In this specification, a pair of adjacent first regions refers to a pair of a specific first region and another first region that is closest to the specific first region among the multiple first regions.

 また、ADB配光パターンP1では、第2領域62aは、第1領域61aを囲う領域であり、第2領域62bは、第1領域61bを囲う領域であり、第2領域62cは、第1領域61cを囲う領域である。第2領域62a,62b,62cの光量は、ハイビームの配光パターンPHにおける当該第2領域62a,62b,62cの光量より多い。このため、本実施形態の車両用前照灯1によれば、暗くされた第1領域61a,61b,61cの周囲が暗く見えることを抑制し得、車両100の前方の視認性の低下を抑制し得る。本実施形態では、第2領域62a,62b,62cの幅は、概ね一定であるが、一定でなくてもよい。 In the ADB light distribution pattern P1, the second region 62a is a region surrounding the first region 61a, the second region 62b is a region surrounding the first region 61b, and the second region 62c is a region surrounding the first region 61c. The light amounts of the second regions 62a, 62b, and 62c are greater than the light amounts of the second regions 62a, 62b, and 62c in the high beam light distribution pattern PH. Therefore, according to the vehicle headlamp 1 of this embodiment, it is possible to prevent the surroundings of the darkened first regions 61a, 61b, and 61c from appearing dark, and to prevent a decrease in visibility ahead of the vehicle 100. In this embodiment, the widths of the second regions 62a, 62b, and 62c are generally constant, but do not have to be constant.

 また、ADB配光パターンP1では、第3領域63a,63bの光量は、ハイビームの配光パターンPHにおける当該第3領域63a,63bの光量より多い。なお、図6において、第3領域63aには斜線からなるハッチングが施され、第3領域63bにはドットからなるハッチングが施されている。第3領域63aは、互いに隣り合う一対の第1領域61a,61bに対する接続領域64aを含む領域であり、第3領域63aは、互いに隣り合う一対の第1領域61a,61cに対する接続領域64bを含む領域である。 In addition, in the ADB light distribution pattern P1, the light amount of the third regions 63a, 63b is greater than the light amount of the third regions 63a, 63b in the high beam light distribution pattern PH. In FIG. 6, the third region 63a is hatched with diagonal lines, and the third region 63b is hatched with dots. The third region 63a is a region that includes a connection region 64a for a pair of adjacent first regions 61a, 61b, and the third region 63a is a region that includes a connection region 64b for a pair of adjacent first regions 61a, 61c.

 接続領域64aは、一対の第1領域61a,61bに挟まれ、当該一対の第1領域61a,61bを囲う第2領域62a,62bにそれぞれ接続される領域である。接続領域64bは、一対の第1領域61a,61cに挟まれ、当該一対の第1領域61a,61cを囲う第2領域62a,62cにそれぞれ接続される領域である。本実施形態では、第3領域63aは、一対の第1領域61a,61bを囲う最小の矩形枠70a内における第1領域61a,61b及び第2領域62a,62b以外の全てを含んでいる。また、第3領域63bは、一対の第1領域61a,61cを囲う最小の矩形枠70b内における第1領域61a,61c及び第2領域62a,62c以外の全てを含んでいる。図6に示す例では、第3領域63aは、一対の第1領域61a,61bに対する第2領域62a,62bを囲う最小の矩形枠内における第1領域61a,61b及び第2領域62a,62b以外の全ての領域である。また、第3領域63bは、一対の第1領域61a,61cに対する第2領域62a,62cを囲う最小の矩形枠内における第1領域61a,61c及び第2領域62a,62c以外の全ての領域である。なお、第3領域63a,63bの形状は、制限されない。 The connection region 64a is sandwiched between a pair of first regions 61a, 61b and is connected to the second regions 62a, 62b surrounding the pair of first regions 61a, 61b. The connection region 64b is sandwiched between a pair of first regions 61a, 61c and is connected to the second regions 62a, 62c surrounding the pair of first regions 61a, 61c. In this embodiment, the third region 63a includes everything except the first regions 61a, 61b and the second regions 62a, 62b within the smallest rectangular frame 70a surrounding the pair of first regions 61a, 61b. The third region 63b includes everything except the first regions 61a, 61c and the second regions 62a, 62c within the smallest rectangular frame 70b surrounding the pair of first regions 61a, 61c. In the example shown in FIG. 6, the third region 63a is all the region other than the first regions 61a, 61b and the second regions 62a, 62b within the smallest rectangular frame that surrounds the second regions 62a, 62b for the pair of first regions 61a, 61b. The third region 63b is all the region other than the first regions 61a, 61c and the second regions 62a, 62c within the smallest rectangular frame that surrounds the second regions 62a, 62c for the pair of first regions 61a, 61c. The shapes of the third regions 63a, 63b are not limited.

 また、ADB配光パターンP1では、第1領域61a~61c、第2領域62a~62c、及び第3領域63a,63b以外の領域である非特定領域66の光量は、ハイビームの配光パターンPHにおける当該非特定領域66の光量と同じであり、ADB配光パターンP1における非特定領域66の光の強度分布は、ハイビームの配光パターンPHにおける当該非特定領域66の光の強度分布と同じである。つまり、非特定領域66は、所定の対象物OB1,OB2,OB3が車両100の前方に位置しない場合から光量が変化しない領域である。 In addition, in the ADB light distribution pattern P1, the light amount of the non-specific region 66, which is the region other than the first region 61a-61c, the second region 62a-62c, and the third region 63a, 63b, is the same as the light amount of the non-specific region 66 in the high beam light distribution pattern PH, and the light intensity distribution of the non-specific region 66 in the ADB light distribution pattern P1 is the same as the light intensity distribution of the non-specific region 66 in the high beam light distribution pattern PH. In other words, the non-specific region 66 is a region in which the light amount does not change from when the specified objects OB1, OB2, OB3 are not located in front of the vehicle 100.

 本実施形態では、第1領域61a,61b,61cにおいて減少する光量の合計と、第2領域62a,62b,62c及び第3領域63a,63bにおいて増加する光量の合計とが同じである。なお、第1領域61a,61b,61cにおいて減少する光量の合計と、第2領域62a,62b,62c、及び第3領域63a,63bにおいて増加する光量の合計とが互いに異なっていてもよい。また、本実施形態では、第2領域62a,62b,62c及び第3領域63a,63bの全体において増光率は一定である。この増光率とは、所定の対象物が車両100の前方に位置しない場合の光量を基準とする増光量の率(%)である。例えば、増光前の光量が100であり、増光後の光量が120である場合の増光率は、20%である。なお、第2領域62a,62b,62c及び第3領域63a,63bの全体において増光率は一定でなくてもよく、例えば、第2領域62a,62b,62c及び第3領域63a,63bの全体において単位面積当たりの増光量が一定であってもよい。また、第2領域62a,62b,62cと第3領域63a,63bとの明るさが同じとされもよく、このような構成によれば、第2領域62a,62b,62cと第3領域63a,63bとの境界を認識し難くできる。 In this embodiment, the total amount of light that decreases in the first regions 61a, 61b, and 61c is the same as the total amount of light that increases in the second regions 62a, 62b, and 62c and the third regions 63a and 63b. The total amount of light that decreases in the first regions 61a, 61b, and 61c may be different from the total amount of light that increases in the second regions 62a, 62b, and 62c and the third regions 63a and 63b. In this embodiment, the light increase rate is constant throughout the second regions 62a, 62b, and 62c and the third regions 63a and 63b. This light increase rate is the rate (%) of the light increase based on the amount of light when a specified object is not located in front of the vehicle 100. For example, when the amount of light before the light increase is 100 and the amount of light after the light increase is 120, the light increase rate is 20%. The light increase rate does not have to be constant throughout the second regions 62a, 62b, 62c and the third regions 63a, 63b. For example, the light increase amount per unit area may be constant throughout the second regions 62a, 62b, 62c and the third regions 63a, 63b. The brightness of the second regions 62a, 62b, 62c and the third regions 63a, 63b may be the same. With this configuration, it is possible to make it difficult to recognize the boundaries between the second regions 62a, 62b, 62c and the third regions 63a, 63b.

 このようなADB配光パターンP1の第3領域63a,63bの光量は、車両100と所定の対象物OB1,OB2,OB3との相対的な位置に応じて、増加された状態ではなくなり、所定の対象物OB1,OB2,OB3が車両100の前方に位置しない場合の光量と同じになる。 The light intensity of the third regions 63a, 63b of such an ADB light distribution pattern P1 is no longer increased depending on the relative positions of the vehicle 100 and the specified objects OB1, OB2, OB3, and becomes the same as the light intensity when the specified objects OB1, OB2, OB3 are not located in front of the vehicle 100.

 図7は、図6に示す状況を示す概略図であり、車両100及び所定の対象物OB1,OB2,OB3を上方から見る概略図である。本実施形態では、互いに隣り合う一対の第1領域の一方と重なる所定の対象物に車両100から向かう第1方向D1と、当該一対の第1領域の他方と重なる所定の対象物に車両100から向かう第2方向D2とのなす角θが第1閾値以下である第1状態では、当該一対の第1領域に対する第3領域の光量が増加する。当該第3領域の光量は、第1方向D1と第2方向D2とのなす角θが第1閾値以上である第2閾値より大きい第2状態では、増加せず、所定の対象物が車両100の前方に位置しない場合の光量と同じになる。なお、以下では、所定の対象物が位置しない場合と比べて第3領域の光量が増加している状態を第1出射状態といい、所定の対象物が位置しない場合と比べて第3領域の光量が増加されておらず、当該第3領域の光量が所定の対象物が車両100の前方に位置しない場合と同じである状態を第2出射状態という場合がある。なお、図7では、車両100から隣り合う第1領域61a,61bの一方と重なる所定の対象物OB1に向かう第1方向D1と、他方と重なる所定の対象物OB2に向かう第2方向D2とが示されている。図6に示す状況では、一対の第1領域61a,61bに対するなす角θ、及び、一対の第1領域61a,61cに対するなす角θは、第1閾値以下である第1状態である。 7 is a schematic diagram showing the situation shown in FIG. 6, and is a schematic diagram showing the vehicle 100 and the predetermined objects OB1, OB2, and OB3 viewed from above. In this embodiment, in a first state in which the angle θ between a first direction D1 from the vehicle 100 toward a predetermined object overlapping one of a pair of adjacent first regions and a second direction D2 from the vehicle 100 toward a predetermined object overlapping the other of the pair of first regions is less than or equal to a first threshold, the amount of light in the third region relative to the pair of first regions increases. In a second state in which the angle θ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 is greater than a second threshold that is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the amount of light in the third region does not increase and becomes the same as the amount of light when the predetermined object is not located in front of the vehicle 100. In the following, a state in which the amount of light in the third region is increased compared to when the predetermined object is not located is referred to as a first emission state, and a state in which the amount of light in the third region is not increased compared to when the predetermined object is not located and is the same as when the predetermined object is not located in front of the vehicle 100 is referred to as a second emission state. In addition, FIG. 7 shows a first direction D1 from the vehicle 100 toward a predetermined object OB1 that overlaps with one of the adjacent first regions 61a, 61b, and a second direction D2 toward a predetermined object OB2 that overlaps with the other. In the situation shown in FIG. 6, the angle θ between the pair of first regions 61a, 61b and the angle θ between the pair of first regions 61a, 61c are equal to or less than the first threshold value, which is a first state.

 本実施形態では、第2閾値は第1閾値より大きい。第1閾値は、例えば、2度以上3度以下であり、第2閾値は、例えば、5度以上6度以下であるが、第1閾値及び第2閾値は制限されない。 In this embodiment, the second threshold is greater than the first threshold. The first threshold is, for example, 2 degrees or more and 3 degrees or less, and the second threshold is, for example, 5 degrees or more and 6 degrees or less, but the first threshold and the second threshold are not limited.

 図8は、本実施形態における別のADB配光パターンの一例を図6と同様に示す図である。図8に示す状況は、図6に示す状況において、隣り合う第1領域61a,61bに対する上記のなす角θのみが、第2閾値より大きい第2状態になった状況である。図9に示すように、ADB配光パターンP2では、隣り合う第1領域61a,61bに対する第3領域63aの光量は増加せずに所定の対象物が位置しない場合の光量と同じであり、隣り合う第1領域61a,61cに対する第3領域63bの光量が増加する。 FIG. 8 is a diagram similar to FIG. 6 showing an example of another ADB light distribution pattern in this embodiment. The situation shown in FIG. 8 is a situation in which, in the situation shown in FIG. 6, only the angle θ between the adjacent first regions 61a and 61b is greater than the second threshold value, resulting in a second state. As shown in FIG. 9, in ADB light distribution pattern P2, the amount of light in the third region 63a relative to the adjacent first regions 61a and 61b does not increase and is the same as the amount of light when no specified object is located, and the amount of light in the third region 63b relative to the adjacent first regions 61a and 61c increases.

 また、ADB配光パターンP2では、図6に示すADB配光パターンP1と同様に、第1領域61a~61cにおいて減少する光量の合計と、第2領域62a~62c、及び第3領域63bにおいて増加する光量の合計とが同じである。なお、第1領域61a~61cにおいて減少する光量の合計と、第2領域62a~62c、及び第3領域63bにおいて増加する光量の合計とが互いに異なっていてもよい。また、本実施形態では、第2領域62a~62c及び第3領域63bの全体において増光率は一定であるが、一定でなくてもよい。例えば、第2領域62a~62c及び第3領域63bの全体において単位面積当たりの増光量が一定であってもよい。また、第2領域62a,62cと第3領域63bとの明るさが同じとされもよい。 Furthermore, in the ADB light distribution pattern P2, similarly to the ADB light distribution pattern P1 shown in FIG. 6, the total amount of light that decreases in the first regions 61a to 61c is the same as the total amount of light that increases in the second regions 62a to 62c and the third region 63b. The total amount of light that decreases in the first regions 61a to 61c may be different from the total amount of light that increases in the second regions 62a to 62c and the third region 63b. In this embodiment, the light increase rate is constant throughout the second regions 62a to 62c and the third region 63b, but it does not have to be constant. For example, the amount of light increase per unit area may be constant throughout the second regions 62a to 62c and the third region 63b. The brightness of the second regions 62a, 62c may be the same as that of the third region 63b.

 なお、第1方向D1と第2方向D2とのなす角θが第1閾値より大きく第2閾値以下の場合には、第3領域の光量は増加した第1出射状態に保たれたり、増加しない第2出射状態に保たれたりする。 In addition, when the angle θ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 is greater than the first threshold value and equal to or less than the second threshold value, the amount of light in the third region is kept in the first emission state where it is increased, or in the second emission state where it is not increased.

 次に、上記のなす角θに応じてADB配光パターンを変化させる制御装置COの配光変化処理の動作について説明する。具体的には、所定の対象物が増えて互いに隣り合う第1領域が新たに形成された際に当該一対の第1領域に対する第3領域の光量を変化させる動作について説明する。 Next, we will explain the operation of the light distribution change process of the control device CO, which changes the ADB light distribution pattern according to the angle θ. Specifically, we will explain the operation of changing the amount of light in the third area relative to the pair of adjacent first areas when the number of specified objects increases and new first areas are formed.

 図9は、本実施形態の制御装置COにおける第3領域の光量を変化させる処理の動作を示すフローチャートである。図9に示すように、本実施形態では、制御装置COの第3領域の光量を変化させる動作は、ステップSP21~ステップSP32を備え、制御装置COがメモリMEから読み出すプログラムは、制御装置COにこれらステップSP21~ステップSP32を実行させる。図9に示す開始の状態では、車両用前照灯1はADB配光パターンの光を出射し、制御装置COには、検出装置120から予め検出されていた所定の対象物に係る信号と、新たな所定の対象物に係る信号とが入力されている。 FIG. 9 is a flowchart showing the operation of the process of changing the amount of light in the third region in the control device CO of this embodiment. As shown in FIG. 9, in this embodiment, the operation of the control device CO to change the amount of light in the third region includes steps SP21 to SP32, and a program read by the control device CO from the memory ME causes the control device CO to execute these steps SP21 to SP32. In the start state shown in FIG. 9, the vehicle headlamp 1 emits light of the ADB light distribution pattern, and a signal related to a predetermined object previously detected by the detection device 120 and a signal related to a new predetermined object are input to the control device CO.

(ステップSP21)
 本ステップは、出射するADB配光パターンにおいて、新たな所定の対象物の少なくとも一部と重なる第1領域の光量を減少させ、当該第1領域を囲う第2領域の光量を増加させるステップである。本ステップにおいて、制御装置COは、検出装置120から入力する所定の対象物に係る情報に基づいて、灯具ユニット10を制御し、出射するADB配光パターンを上記のように変化させる。
(Step SP21)
This step is a step of decreasing the amount of light in a first region that overlaps with at least a part of a new predetermined object in the emitted ADB light distribution pattern, and increasing the amount of light in a second region that surrounds the first region. In this step, the control device CO controls the lamp unit 10 based on the information related to the predetermined object input from the detection device 120, and changes the emitted ADB light distribution pattern as described above.

(ステップSP22)
 本ステップは、新たな所定の対象物と重なる第1領域と当該第1領域と隣り合う第1領域とに対する第1方向D1と第2方向D2とのなす角θを取得するステップである。本実施形態では、本ステップにおいて、制御装置COは、検出装置120から入力する所定の対象物に係る情報に基づいて、上記の互いに隣り合う一対の第1領域に対する上記のなす角θを算出する。なお、検出装置120が上記のなす角θを算出し、当該なす角θを示す信号を制御装置COに出力してもよく、この場合、制御装置COは当該信号から上記のなす角θを取得する。
(Step SP22)
This step is a step of acquiring an angle θ between a first direction D1 and a second direction D2 for a first region overlapping with a new predetermined object and a first region adjacent to the first region. In this embodiment, in this step, the control device CO calculates the angle θ for the pair of adjacent first regions based on information related to the predetermined object input from the detection device 120. Note that the detection device 120 may calculate the angle θ and output a signal indicating the angle θ to the control device CO, in which case the control device CO acquires the angle θ from the signal.

(ステップSP23)
 本ステップは、ステップSP22で取得した上記のなす角θにより、次のステップを異ならせるステップである。本ステップにおいて、制御装置COは、取得したなす角θが第1閾値以下である場合、つまり、第1状態である場合、制御フローをステップSP24に進める。また、制御装置COは、取得したなす角θが第1閾値より大きい場合、つまり、第1状態でない場合、制御フローをステップSP25に進める。この第1状態でない場合には、第2状態である場合、第1及び第2状態でなく、なす角θが第1閾値より大きく第2閾値以下である場合が含まる。
(Step SP23)
This step is a step in which the next step is changed depending on the angle θ acquired in step SP22. In this step, when the acquired angle θ is equal to or smaller than the first threshold, that is, when the control device CO is in the first state, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP24. Also, when the acquired angle θ is greater than the first threshold, that is, when the control device CO is not in the first state, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP25. When the control device CO is not in the first state, this includes when the control device CO is in the second state, and when the control device CO is neither in the first nor second state and the angle θ is greater than the first threshold and equal to or smaller than the second threshold.

(ステップSP24)
 本ステップは、所定の対象物が位置しない場合と比べて一対の隣り合う第1領域に対する第3領域の光量を増加させるステップである。本ステップにおいて、制御装置COは、灯具ユニット10を制御し、この第3領域の光量が増加するようにする。つまり、一対の第1領域に対する第3領域の状態を、第1出射状態にする。メモリMEに、一対の第1領域に関する参照値として、第1出射状態であることを示す「1」を記憶させる。なお、第1出射状態を示す参照値は制限されない。本ステップの後、制御装置COは、制御フローをステップSP26に進める。
(Step SP24)
This step is a step of increasing the amount of light in the third region relative to a pair of adjacent first regions, compared to when a specified object is not located. In this step, the control device CO controls the lighting unit 10 to increase the amount of light in this third region. In other words, the state of the third region relative to the pair of first regions is set to the first emission state. "1", which indicates the first emission state, is stored in the memory ME as a reference value for the pair of first regions. Note that the reference value indicating the first emission state is not limited. After this step, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP26.

(ステップSP25)
 本ステップは、所定の対象物が位置しない場合と比べて一対の第1領域に対する第3領域の光量を増加させないようにするステップである。本ステップにおいて、制御装置COは、灯具ユニット10を制御し、この第3領域の光量を増加させないようにする。つまり、一対の第1領域に対する第3領域の状態を、第2出射状態にする。メモリMEに、一対の第1領域に関する参照値として、第2出射状態であることを示す「2」を記憶させる。なお、第2出射状態を示す参照値は制限されない。本ステップの後、制御装置COは、制御フローをステップSP26に進める。
(Step SP25)
This step is a step in which the amount of light in the third region relative to the pair of first regions is not increased compared to when the specified object is not located. In this step, the control device CO controls the lighting unit 10 so as not to increase the amount of light in this third region. In other words, the state of the third region relative to the pair of first regions is set to the second emission state. "2", which indicates the second emission state, is stored in the memory ME as a reference value for the pair of first regions. Note that the reference value indicating the second emission state is not limited. After this step, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP26.

(ステップSP26)
 本ステップは、ステップSP22と同様に、一対の第1領域に対する第1方向D1と第2方向D2とのなす角θを取得するステップである。本実施形態では、本ステップにおいて、制御装置COは、検出装置120から入力する所定の対象物に係る情報に基づいて上記のなす角θを算出する。
(Step SP26)
In this step, similar to step SP22, the control device CO calculates the angle θ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 for the pair of first regions based on information related to a predetermined object input from the detection device 120.

(ステップSP27)
 本ステップは、ステップSP26で取得したなす角θと、メモリMEに記憶される一対の第1領域に対する参照値とにより、次のステップを異ならせるステップである。本ステップにおいて、制御装置COは、参照値が「1」であり、なす角θが第2閾値より大きい場合、つまり、第1出射状態で第2状態に変化する場合、制御フローをステップSP28に進める。また、制御装置COは、参照値が「1」であり、なす角θが第2閾値以下である場合、及び参照値が「2」である場合、制御フローをステップSP30に進める。
(Step SP27)
This step is a step in which the next step is changed depending on the angle θ acquired in step SP26 and the reference value for the pair of first regions stored in the memory ME. In this step, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP28 when the reference value is "1" and the angle θ is greater than the second threshold value, that is, when the first emission state changes to the second state. In addition, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP30 when the reference value is "1" and the angle θ is equal to or smaller than the second threshold value, or when the reference value is "2".

(ステップSP28)
 本ステップは、ステップSP26から第1期間経過後の一対の第1領域に対する第1方向D1と第2方向D2とのなす角θを取得し、当該なす角θにより、次のステップを異ならせるステップである。第1期間は、例えば、0.5秒以上1.0秒以下であるが、制限されない。本実施形態では、本ステップにおいて、制御装置COは、ステップSP26と同様に、なす角θを算出する。そして、制御装置COは、取得したなす角θが第2閾値より大きい場合、つまり、ステップSP26から第1期間経過後においても第2状態である場合、制御フローをステップSP29に進める。また、制御装置COは、取得したなす角θが第2閾値以下である場合、つまり第2状態でない場合、制御フローをステップSP26に戻す。このため、一対の第1領域に対する第3領域の光量が増加した状態に維持される。
(Step SP28)
This step is a step of acquiring the angle θ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 for the pair of first regions after the first period has elapsed since step SP26, and changing the next step depending on the angle θ. The first period is, for example, 0.5 seconds or more and 1.0 seconds or less, but is not limited to this. In this embodiment, in this step, the control device CO calculates the angle θ in the same manner as in step SP26. Then, if the acquired angle θ is greater than the second threshold, that is, if the state is the second state even after the first period has elapsed since step SP26, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP29. Also, if the acquired angle θ is equal to or less than the second threshold, that is, if the state is not the second state, the control device CO returns the control flow to step SP26. Therefore, the light amount of the third region relative to the pair of first regions is maintained in an increased state.

(ステップSP29)
 本ステップは、第3領域を、第2出射状態に変化させるステップである。本ステップにおいて、制御装置COは、第3領域の光量が所定の対象物が車両100の前方に位置しない場合における当該第3領域の光量に戻るように、灯具ユニット10を制御する。こうして、第1出射状態で第2状態に変化してから第1期間経過した際に第2状態である場合に、一対の第1領域に対する第3領域は第2出射状態になる。また、第1出射状態で第2状態に変化してから第1期間経過するまでは、第3領域は第1出射状態に維持され、第3領域の光量は増加したままである。また、制御装置COは、メモリMEに記憶される参照値を、第2出射状態であることを示す「2」に書き換える。本ステップの後、制御装置COは、制御フローをステップSP26に戻す。
(Step SP29)
This step is a step of changing the third region to the second emission state. In this step, the control device CO controls the lamp unit 10 so that the light amount of the third region returns to the light amount of the third region when a predetermined object is not located in front of the vehicle 100. In this way, when the second state is reached after the first period has elapsed since the first emission state was changed to the second state, the third region for the pair of first regions is in the second emission state. Furthermore, until the first period has elapsed since the first emission state was changed to the second state, the third region is maintained in the first emission state, and the light amount of the third region remains increased. Furthermore, the control device CO rewrites the reference value stored in the memory ME to "2", which indicates the second emission state. After this step, the control device CO returns the control flow to step SP26.

(ステップSP30)
 本ステップは、ステップSP26で取得したなす角θと、メモリMEに記憶される参照値とにより、次のステップを異ならせるステップである。本ステップにおいて、制御装置COは、参照値が「2」であり、なす角θが第1閾値以下である場合、つまり、第2出射状態で第1状態に変化する場合、制御フローをステップSP31に進める。また、制御装置COは、参照値が「1」であり、なす角θが第2閾値以下である場合、及び参照値が「2」であり、なす角θが第1閾値より大きい場合、制御フローをステップSP26に戻す。このため、第1出射状態で第2状態でない場合には、一対の第1領域に対する第3領域は増加したままに維持される。また、第2出射状態で第1状態でない場合には、一対の第1領域に対する第3領域の光量は増加されていない状態に維持される。
(Step SP30)
This step is a step in which the next step is made different depending on the angle θ acquired in step SP26 and the reference value stored in the memory ME. In this step, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP31 when the reference value is "2" and the angle θ is equal to or less than the first threshold value, that is, when the state changes to the first state in the second emission state. In addition, the control device CO returns the control flow to step SP26 when the reference value is "1" and the angle θ is equal to or less than the second threshold value, and when the reference value is "2" and the angle θ is greater than the first threshold value. Therefore, when the state is not the second state in the first emission state, the third region for the pair of first regions is maintained as increased. In addition, when the state is not the first state in the second emission state, the light amount of the third region for the pair of first regions is maintained in an unincreased state.

(ステップSP31)
 本ステップは、ステップSP26から第2期間経過後の第1方向D1と第2方向D2とのなす角θを取得し、当該なす角θにより、次のステップを異ならせるステップである。第2期間は、例えば、0.5秒以上1.0秒以下であるが、制限されない。第2期間は第1期間と同じであっても異なっていてもよい。本実施形態では、本ステップにおいて、制御装置COは、ステップSP26と同様に、なす角θを算出する。そして、制御装置COは、取得したなす角θが第1閾値以下である場合、つまり、ステップSP26から第2期間経過後においても第1状態である場合、制御フローをステップSP32に進める。また、制御装置COは、取得したなす角θが第1閾値より大きい場合、つまり第1状態でない場合、制御フローをステップSP26に戻す。このため、一対の第1領域に対する第3領域の光量が増加していない状態に維持される。
(Step SP31)
This step is a step of acquiring the angle θ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 after the second period has elapsed since step SP26, and changing the next step depending on the angle θ. The second period is, for example, 0.5 seconds or more and 1.0 seconds or less, but is not limited thereto. The second period may be the same as or different from the first period. In this embodiment, in this step, the control device CO calculates the angle θ in the same manner as in step SP26. Then, if the acquired angle θ is equal to or less than the first threshold, that is, if the state is the first state even after the second period has elapsed since step SP26, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP32. Also, if the acquired angle θ is greater than the first threshold, that is, if the state is not the first state, the control device CO returns the control flow to step SP26. Therefore, the light amount of the third region relative to the pair of first regions is maintained in a state in which it has not increased.

(ステップSP32)
 本ステップは、第3領域を、第1出射状態に変化させるステップである。本ステップにおいて、第3領域の光量が所定の対象物が車両100の前方に位置しない場合と比べて増加するように、灯具ユニット10を制御する。こうして、第2出射状態で第1状態に変化してから第2期間経過した際に第1状態である場合に、一対の第1領域に対する第3領域は第1出射状態になる。また、第2出射状態で第1状態に変化してから第2期間経過するまでは、第3領域は第2出射状態に維持され、第3領域の光量は増加されていないままである。また、制御装置COは、メモリMEに記憶される参照値を、第1出射状態であることを示す「1」に書き換える。本ステップの後、制御装置COは、制御フローをステップSP26に戻す。
(Step SP32)
This step is a step of changing the third region to the first emission state. In this step, the lamp unit 10 is controlled so that the amount of light in the third region is increased compared to when the predetermined object is not located in front of the vehicle 100. In this way, when the first state is reached after the second period has elapsed since the second emission state was changed to the first state, the third region for the pair of first regions is in the first emission state. Furthermore, until the second period has elapsed since the second emission state was changed to the first state, the third region is maintained in the second emission state, and the amount of light in the third region remains unincreased. Furthermore, the control device CO rewrites the reference value stored in the memory ME to "1", which indicates the first emission state. After this step, the control device CO returns the control flow to step SP26.

 このようにして、本実施形態の車両用前照灯1では、互いに隣り合う一対の第1領域に対する第1方向と第2方向とのなす角θに応じて、ADB配光パターンが変化する。 In this way, in the vehicle headlamp 1 of this embodiment, the ADB light distribution pattern changes depending on the angle θ between the first direction and the second direction for a pair of adjacent first regions.

 第3領域を光量が増加された第1出射状態にする仕方、及び第3領域を光量が増加されていない第2出射状態にする仕方は制限されるものではない。例えば、第3領域を第2出射状態にする場合、第3領域の光量が時間の経過と共に減少して、ハイビームの配光パターンPHにおける当該第3領域の光量になってもよく、第3領域の光量が瞬時に減少してハイビームの配光パターンPHにおける当該第3領域の光量になってもよい。また、第3領域を第1出射状態にする場合、第3領域の光量が時間の経過と共に増加して所定量になってもよく、第3領域の光量が瞬時に増加して所定量になってもよい。 There are no limitations on the manner in which the third region is put into the first emission state in which the amount of light is increased, and the manner in which the third region is put into the second emission state in which the amount of light is not increased. For example, when putting the third region into the second emission state, the amount of light in the third region may decrease over time to become the amount of light in the third region in the high beam light distribution pattern PH, or the amount of light in the third region may decrease instantaneously to become the amount of light in the third region in the high beam light distribution pattern PH. Also, when putting the third region into the first emission state, the amount of light in the third region may increase over time to a predetermined amount, or the amount of light in the third region may increase instantaneously to a predetermined amount.

 ところで、前述の特許文献1の車両用前照灯のように光量が減少された領域が形成される場合、自車両の運転者はこの領域と共に当該領域の周囲も暗く見える傾向にあり、車両の前方の視認性が低下する場合がある。また、特許文献1の車両用前照灯では、車両の前方に複数の他車両が位置する場合、これら他車両と重なる1つの領域の光量が減少されている。このため、隣り合う他車両の間の領域も暗くなり、車両の前方の視認性が低下する。このような車両の前方の視認性の低下を抑制したいとの要請がある。この要請に対しては、例えば、光量が減少された領域の周囲及び隣り合う他車両の間の領域に照射される光の量を増加させることが考えられる。しかし、このような灯具ユニットの制御において、光量が増加される領域が広いとエネルギー消費量が増大する傾向にある。 However, when an area where the amount of light is reduced is formed as in the vehicle headlamp of Patent Document 1, the driver of the vehicle tends to see this area and the surrounding area as dark, which may reduce visibility ahead of the vehicle. Also, in the vehicle headlamp of Patent Document 1, when multiple other vehicles are positioned ahead of the vehicle, the amount of light in one area overlapping these other vehicles is reduced. As a result, the area between the adjacent other vehicles also becomes dark, reducing visibility ahead of the vehicle. There is a demand to suppress such a decrease in visibility ahead of the vehicle. To meet this demand, for example, it is conceivable to increase the amount of light irradiated around the area where the amount of light is reduced and to the area between the adjacent other vehicles. However, in controlling such a lighting unit, if the area where the amount of light is increased is wide, energy consumption tends to increase.

 そこで、第3の態様としての本実施形態の車両用前照灯1は、灯具ユニット10と、制御装置COと、を備え、第2の態様としての本実施形態のプログラムは、制御装置COに、ステップSP21~SP32を実行させる。そして、第1の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置COは、複数の所定の対象物OB1,OB2,OB3が車両100の前方に位置する状態では、所定の対象物OB1,OB2,OB3が車両100の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、ハイビームの配光パターンPHのうち、所定の対象物OB1,OB2,OB3の少なくとも一部と重なる複数の第1領域61a,61b,61cの光量を減少させ、第1領域61a,61b,61cを個別に囲う複数の第2領域62a,62b,62cの光量を増加させるように、灯具ユニット10を制御する。また、第1の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置COは、互いに隣り合う一対の第1領域61a,61bの一方と重なる所定の対象物OB1に車両100から向かう第1方向D1と、一対の第1領域61a,61bの他方と重なる所定の対象物OB2に車両100から向かう第2方向D2とのなす角θが第1閾値以下である第1状態では、第3領域63aの光量を増加させるように、灯具ユニット10を制御する。また、第1の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置COは、一対の第1領域61a,61b対する第1方向D1と第2方向D2とのなす角θが第1閾値以上である第2閾値より大きい第2状態では、第3領域63aの光量を増加させないように、灯具ユニット10を制御する。 The vehicle headlamp 1 of the present embodiment as a third aspect includes a lamp unit 10 and a control device CO, and the program of the present embodiment as a second aspect causes the control device CO to execute steps SP21 to SP32. The control device CO of the present embodiment as a first aspect controls the lamp unit 10 to reduce the amount of light in the multiple first regions 61a, 61b, 61c that overlap at least a portion of the predetermined objects OB1, OB2, OB3 in the high beam light distribution pattern PH and to increase the amount of light in the multiple second regions 62a, 62b, 62c that individually surround the first regions 61a, 61b, 61c when the multiple predetermined objects OB1, OB2, OB3 are located in front of the vehicle 100, compared to when the predetermined objects OB1, OB2, OB3 are not located in front of the vehicle 100. In addition, the control device CO of the present embodiment as the first aspect controls the lamp unit 10 to increase the amount of light in the third area 63a in a first state in which the angle θ between the first direction D1 from the vehicle 100 toward a predetermined object OB1 that overlaps one of the pair of adjacent first areas 61a, 61b and the second direction D2 from the vehicle 100 toward a predetermined object OB2 that overlaps the other of the pair of first areas 61a, 61b is less than or equal to a first threshold value. In addition, the control device CO of the present embodiment as the first aspect controls the lamp unit 10 not to increase the amount of light in the third area 63a in a second state in which the angle θ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 toward the pair of first areas 61a, 61b is greater than a second threshold value that is greater than or equal to the first threshold value.

 第3領域63aは、互いに隣り合う一対の第1領域61a,61bを囲うそれぞれの第2領域62a,62bに接続され当該一対の第1領域61a,61bに挟まれる接続領域64aを含む。この第3領域63aは、第1方向D1と第2方向D2とのなす角θが第1閾値以下である第1状態では、光量が増加し、第1方向D1と第2方向D2とのなす角が第1閾値以上である第2閾値より大きい第2状態では、光量が増加しない。第1方向D1と第2方向D2とのなす角が大きいほど、一対の第1領域61a,61bの距離が遠くなる。このため、一対の第1領域61a,61bの距離が近い場合には、第3領域63aの光量が増加し、一対の第1領域61a,61bの間が暗く見えることを抑制し得る。また、この第3領域63aの接続領域64aは、第2領域62a,62bに接続するため、増光される第2領域62a,62b及び第3領域63aが一体となり、第3領域63aが第2領域62a,62bと離隔する場合と比べて、運転者が違和感を覚えることを抑制し得る。接続領域64aは、隣り合う第1領域61a,61bの距離が遠くなるほど大きくなる傾向にあり、接続領域64aが大きくなると第3領域63aにおける増光量が多くなる傾向にある。第1から第3の態様としての本実施形態の灯具ユニットの制御装置CO、プログラム、及び車両用前照灯1では、第2状態、つまり、一対の第1領域61a,61bの距離が遠い場合には、第3領域63aは増光されない。このため、第1方向D1と第2方向D2とのなす角θによらずに第3領域63aが増光される場合と比べて、第3領域63aにおける増光量が多くなり過ぎることを抑制し得、エネルギー消費量の増大を抑制し得る。 The third region 63a includes a connection region 64a that is connected to each of the second regions 62a, 62b surrounding the pair of adjacent first regions 61a, 61b and is sandwiched between the pair of first regions 61a, 61b. In the first state in which the angle θ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 is equal to or less than a first threshold, the amount of light increases in the third region 63a, and in the second state in which the angle θ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 is greater than a second threshold, the amount of light does not increase. The larger the angle between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2, the greater the distance between the pair of first regions 61a, 61b. Therefore, when the distance between the pair of first regions 61a, 61b is short, the amount of light in the third region 63a increases, and the area between the pair of first regions 61a, 61b can be prevented from appearing dark. In addition, the connection region 64a of the third region 63a is connected to the second region 62a, 62b, so that the second region 62a, 62b and the third region 63a that are increased in light are integrated, and the driver's discomfort can be suppressed compared to when the third region 63a is separated from the second region 62a, 62b. The connection region 64a tends to become larger as the distance between the adjacent first regions 61a, 61b increases, and the larger the connection region 64a, the larger the amount of increased light in the third region 63a tends to be. In the control device CO, program, and vehicle headlamp 1 of the lighting unit according to the present embodiment as the first to third aspects, in the second state, that is, when the distance between the pair of first regions 61a, 61b is large, the third region 63a is not increased in light. Therefore, compared to when the third region 63a is brightened regardless of the angle θ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2, it is possible to prevent the amount of brightening in the third region 63a from becoming too large, and it is possible to prevent an increase in energy consumption.

 また、第1から第3の態様としての本実施形態では、第2閾値は、第1閾値より大きい。このため、第1から第3の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置CO、プログラム、及び車両用前照灯1によれば、第2閾値が第1閾値と同じ場合と比べて、第3領域63aの光量が増加した状態と第3領域63aの光量が増加されていない状態とで切り替わる頻度を低減し得、運転者が配光パターンの変化に煩わしさを覚えることを抑制し得る。 Furthermore, in the present embodiment as the first to third aspects, the second threshold value is greater than the first threshold value. Therefore, according to the control device CO, program, and vehicle headlamp 1 of the present embodiment as the first to third aspects, compared to when the second threshold value is the same as the first threshold value, it is possible to reduce the frequency of switching between a state in which the light amount of the third region 63a is increased and a state in which the light amount of the third region 63a is not increased, and it is possible to suppress the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in the light distribution pattern.

 第3領域63aは、一対の第1領域61a,61bを囲う最小の矩形枠70a内における第1領域61a,61b及び第2領域62a,62b以外の全てを含んでいる。このため、第1から第3の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置CO、プログラム、及び車両用前照灯1によれば、第3領域63aが上記の矩形枠70a内の一部である場合と比べて、一対の第1領域61a,61bの近傍が暗く見えることを抑制し得る。 The third region 63a includes everything within the smallest rectangular frame 70a that surrounds the pair of first regions 61a, 61b except for the first regions 61a, 61b and the second regions 62a, 62b. Therefore, according to the control device CO, program, and vehicle headlamp 1 of the present embodiment as the first to third aspects, it is possible to prevent the vicinity of the pair of first regions 61a, 61b from appearing dark, compared to when the third region 63a is a part of the rectangular frame 70a.

 また、第1から第3の態様としての本実施形態では、複数の第1領域61a,61b,61cにおいて減少する光量の合計と、複数の第2領域62a,62b,62c、及び第3領域63a,63bにおいて増加する光量の合計とが同じである。このため、第1から第3の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置CO、プログラム、及び車両用前照灯1によれば、複数の第2領域62a,62b,62c、及び第3領域63a,63bにおいて増加する光量の合計が複数の第1領域61a,61b,61cにおいて減少する光量の合計より多い場合と比べて、エネルギー消費量の増加を抑制できる。 Furthermore, in the present embodiment as the first to third aspects, the total amount of light that decreases in the multiple first regions 61a, 61b, 61c is the same as the total amount of light that increases in the multiple second regions 62a, 62b, 62c and the third regions 63a, 63b. Therefore, according to the control device CO, program, and vehicle headlamp 1 of the present embodiment as the first to third aspects, the increase in energy consumption can be suppressed compared to the case where the total amount of light that increases in the multiple second regions 62a, 62b, 62c and the third regions 63a, 63b is greater than the total amount of light that decreases in the multiple first regions 61a, 61b, 61c.

 また、第1の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置COは、所定の対象物が車両100の前方に位置しない場合と比べて第3領域63aの光量を増加させない状態で第1状態になってから第1期間経過するまでは、第3領域63aの光量を増加させないように、灯具ユニット10を制御する。また、第1の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置COは、第1期間経過した際に第1状態である場合には、所定の対象物が車両100の前方に位置しない場合と比べて第3領域63aの光量を増加させるように、灯具ユニット10を制御する。 The control device CO of this embodiment as the first aspect controls the lamp unit 10 so as not to increase the amount of light in the third area 63a until the first period has elapsed since the first state is reached in a state in which the amount of light in the third area 63a is not increased compared to when the specified object is not located in front of the vehicle 100. The control device CO of this embodiment as the first aspect controls the lamp unit 10 so as to increase the amount of light in the third area 63a compared to when the specified object is not located in front of the vehicle 100 when the first period has elapsed and the lamp unit is in the first state.

 第1閾値を超えて第1状態になった際の第1方向D1と第2方向D2とのなす角θは、第1閾値に近い値である。このため、第1状態になってもすぐに第1状態でなくなることがある。第1から第3の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置CO、プログラム、及び車両用前照灯1によれば、第1状態になって第1期間経過するまでは、第3領域63aの光量が増加されていないままであり、第1期間経過した際に第1状態である場合には、第3領域63aの光量が増加する。このため、第1状態になった際に、第3領域63aの光量が増加する場合と比べて、第3領域63aの光量が変化する頻度を低減し得る。従って、運転者が配光パターンの変化に煩わしさを覚えることを抑制し得る。 The angle θ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 when the first threshold is exceeded and the first state is reached is a value close to the first threshold. Therefore, even if the first state is reached, the first state may soon be lost. According to the control device CO, program, and vehicle headlamp 1 of the present embodiment as the first to third aspects, the light amount of the third region 63a remains unincreased until the first period has elapsed since the first state is reached, and if the first state is reached after the first period has elapsed, the light amount of the third region 63a increases. Therefore, the frequency with which the light amount of the third region 63a changes can be reduced compared to when the light amount of the third region 63a increases when the first state is reached. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in the light distribution pattern.

 第1の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置COは、所定の対象物が車両100の前方に位置しない場合と比べて第3領域63aの光量を増加させた状態で第2状態になってから第2期間経過するまでは、第3領域63aの光量を増加させるように、灯具ユニット10を制御する。また、第1の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置COは、第2期間経過した際に第2状態である場合には、所定の対象物が車両100の前方に位置しない場合と比べて第3領域63aの光量を増加させないように、灯具ユニット10を制御する。 The control device CO of this embodiment as a first aspect controls the lighting unit 10 to increase the amount of light in the third area 63a until the second period has elapsed since the second state is entered in a state in which the amount of light in the third area 63a is increased compared to when the specified object is not located in front of the vehicle 100. Furthermore, the control device CO of this embodiment as a first aspect controls the lighting unit 10 to not increase the amount of light in the third area 63a compared to when the specified object is not located in front of the vehicle 100 when the second state is entered after the second period has elapsed.

 第2閾値を超えて第2状態になってもすぐに第2状態でなくなることがある。第1から第3の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置CO、プログラム、及び車両用前照灯1によれば、第2状態になって第2期間経過するまでは、第3領域63aの光量が増加したままであり、第2期間経過した際に第2状態である場合には、第3領域63aの光量が増加されていない状態になる。このため、第2状態になった際に第3領域63aの光量が増加されていない状態になる場合と比べて、第3領域63aの光量が変化する頻度を低減し得る。従って、運転者が配光パターンの変化に煩わしさを覚えることを抑制し得る。 Even if the second threshold is exceeded and the second state is entered, the second state may soon be discontinued. According to the control device CO, program, and vehicle headlamp 1 of the present embodiment as the first to third aspects, the light amount of the third region 63a remains increased until the second period has elapsed since the second state is entered, and if the second state is entered when the second period has elapsed, the light amount of the third region 63a is not increased. Therefore, the frequency with which the light amount of the third region 63a changes can be reduced compared to when the light amount of the third region 63a is not increased when the second state is entered. This can therefore suppress the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in the light distribution pattern.

(第2実施形態)
 次に、本発明の第1から第3の態様としての第2実施形態について詳細に説明する。なお、第1実施形態と同一又は同等の構成要素については、特に説明する場合を除き、同一の参照符号を付して重複する説明は省略する。
Second Embodiment
Next, a second embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail as the first to third aspects. Note that, unless otherwise specified, the same or equivalent components as those in the first embodiment are given the same reference numerals and redundant descriptions are omitted.

 本実施形態では、検出装置120は所定の対象物として他車両を検出可能である。また、制御装置COにおける第3領域の光量を変化させる処理の動作が、第1実施形態における当該動作と異なる。図10は、本実施形態の制御装置COにおける第3領域の光量を変化させる処理の動作を示すフローチャートである。図10に示すように、本実施形態の制御装置COの配光変化処理の動作は、ステップSP35を更に備える点において、第1実施形態の制御装置COの配光変化処理の動作と異なる。このため、ステップSP35について説明し、ステップSP21~ステップSP32については説明を省略する。 In this embodiment, the detection device 120 can detect other vehicles as a predetermined object. Also, the operation of the process of changing the amount of light in the third region in the control device CO differs from that in the first embodiment. FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing the operation of the process of changing the amount of light in the third region in the control device CO of this embodiment. As shown in FIG. 10, the operation of the light distribution change process of the control device CO of this embodiment differs from the operation of the light distribution change process of the control device CO of the first embodiment in that it further includes step SP35. For this reason, only step SP35 will be described, and a description of steps SP21 to SP32 will be omitted.

(ステップSP35)
 本ステップは、ステップSP28において、互いに隣り合う一対の第1領域に対する第1方向D1と第2方向D2とのなす角θがステップSP26から第1期間経過後においても第2状態である場合に行われるステップである。本ステップは、検出装置120から入力する所定の対象物に係る情報により、次のステップを異ならせるステップである。
(Step SP35)
This step is performed when the angle θ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 for a pair of adjacent first regions is in the second state even after the first period has elapsed since step SP26 in step SP28. This step is performed when the next step is changed depending on information related to a predetermined object input from the detection device 120.

 本ステップにおいて、制御装置COは、一対の第1領域に対する所定の対象物が他車両でない場合、または、当該所定の対象物が他車両であっても車両100及び一方の所定の対象物を通る鉛直面と、他方の所定の対象物とが交わらない場合、制御フローをステップSP29に進める。このため、第2状態に変化してから第1期間経過した際に第2状態である場合に、一対の第1領域に対する第3領域は光量が増加されていない第2出射状態に変化する。 In this step, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP29 if the specified object for the pair of first regions is not another vehicle, or if the specified object is another vehicle but the vertical plane passing through the vehicle 100 and one of the specified objects does not intersect with the other specified object. Therefore, if the state is still the second state when the first period has elapsed since the change to the second state, the third region for the pair of first regions changes to a second emission state in which the amount of light is not increased.

 また、制御装置COは、一対の第1領域に対する所定の対象物が他車両であり、車両100及び一方の所定の対象物を通る鉛直面と、他方の所定の対象物とが交わる場合、制御フローをステップSP26に戻す。このため、第2状態に変わっているにも関わらず、一対の第1領域に対する第3領域は光量が増加した第1出射状態に維持される。 In addition, if the specified object for the pair of first regions is another vehicle and a vertical plane passing through the vehicle 100 and one of the specified objects intersects with the other specified object, the control device CO returns the control flow to step SP26. Therefore, despite the change to the second state, the third region for the pair of first regions is maintained in the first emission state with the increased light amount.

 図11は、本実施形態の第2状態におけるADB配光パターンP1の一例を図6と同様に示す図である。図11において、一対の第1領域61a,61cに対応する所定の対象物OB1,OB3は、他車両であり、車両100と概ね同じ方向に走行する先行車である。また、図11において、車両100及び一方の所定の対象物OB1を通る鉛直面75が一点鎖線で示されている。図11に示すように、鉛直面75は、他方の所定の対象物OB3と交わっている。そして、第1方向D1と第2方向D2とのなす角θが2閾値より大きい第2状態であっても、第3領域63bの光量は所定の対象物が車両100の前方に位置しない場合と比べて増加した状態に維持される。つまり、制御装置COは、灯具ユニット10を制御し、第3領域63bの光量がこのような状態に維持されるようにする。 11 is a diagram similar to FIG. 6 showing an example of the ADB light distribution pattern P1 in the second state of this embodiment. In FIG. 11, the predetermined objects OB1 and OB3 corresponding to the pair of first regions 61a and 61c are other vehicles, and are preceding vehicles traveling in roughly the same direction as the vehicle 100. Also, in FIG. 11, a vertical plane 75 passing through the vehicle 100 and one of the predetermined objects OB1 is shown by a dashed line. As shown in FIG. 11, the vertical plane 75 intersects with the other predetermined object OB3. And even in the second state in which the angle θ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 is greater than the two thresholds, the light amount of the third region 63b is maintained in an increased state compared to when the predetermined object is not located in front of the vehicle 100. In other words, the control device CO controls the lamp unit 10 so that the light amount of the third region 63b is maintained in such a state.

 所定の対象物OB1,OB3が他車両であり、車両100及び一方の所定の対象物OB1を通る鉛直面75と他方の所定の対象物OB3とが交わる場合、二つの所定の対象物OB1,OB3は、同じ走行路にいる他車両である傾向にある。このため、例えば、二つの所定の対象物OB1,OB3は、図11に示すように先行車であるか、または、対向車である。そして、例えば、図11に示すように一方が平地から登り坂に入る手前に位置し他方が登り坂に位置する状況である。或いは、一方が下り坂から平地に入る手前に位置し他方が平地に位置する状況である。このような状況では、例えば、ある程度時間が経過して両方が登り坂に位置すると、第1方向D1と第2方向D2とのなす角θは変化し難くなり、車両100が登り坂に位置すると、当該なす角θは小さくなる傾向にある。また、ある程度時間が経過して両方が平地に位置すると、なす角θは変化し難くなり、車両100が平地に位置すると、当該なす角θは小さくなる傾向にある。つまり、これらの状況では、上記のなす角θが大きくても当該なす角θが小さくなり易い。従って、本実施家形態の制御装置CO、プログラム、及び車両用前照灯1によれば、このような状況において、第3領域63bの光量が増加するようにし得、エネルギー消費量の増大を抑制しつつ視認性の低下を抑制し得る。 When the predetermined objects OB1 and OB3 are other vehicles and the vertical plane 75 passing through the vehicle 100 and one of the predetermined objects OB1 intersects with the other predetermined object OB3, the two predetermined objects OB1 and OB3 tend to be other vehicles on the same road. For this reason, for example, the two predetermined objects OB1 and OB3 are either preceding vehicles or oncoming vehicles as shown in FIG. 11. For example, as shown in FIG. 11, one of the objects is located just before entering an uphill slope from flat ground and the other is located on an uphill slope. Or, one of the objects is located just before entering flat ground from a downhill slope and the other is located on flat ground. In such a situation, for example, when both are located on an uphill slope after a certain amount of time has passed, the angle θ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 becomes difficult to change, and when the vehicle 100 is located on an uphill slope, the angle θ tends to become smaller. Furthermore, when a certain amount of time has passed and both are on flat ground, the angle θ is less likely to change, and when the vehicle 100 is on flat ground, the angle θ tends to become smaller. In other words, in these situations, even if the angle θ is large, the angle θ tends to become smaller. Therefore, according to the control device CO, program, and vehicle headlamp 1 of this embodiment, in such situations, the amount of light in the third region 63b can be increased, and a decrease in visibility can be suppressed while suppressing an increase in energy consumption.

 なお、本発明の第1から第3の態様について、第1及び第2実施形態を例に説明したが、本発明の第1から第3の態様はこれに限定されるものではない。 Note that the first to third aspects of the present invention have been described using the first and second embodiments as examples, but the first to third aspects of the present invention are not limited to these.

 例えば、第1及び第2実施形態では、制御装置COにおける第3領域の光量を変化させる処理の動作がステップSP21~SP32またはステップSP21~SP32及びステップSP35を備えていた。しかし、当該動作は制限されるものではない。例えば、当該動作は、ステップSP28,SP31を備えなくてもよい。この場合、例えば、第1実施形態におけるステップSP27では、制御装置COは、第1出射状態で第2状態に変化する場合、制御フローをステップSP25に進める。また、第2実施形態におけるステップSP30では、制御装置COは、第2出射状態で第1状態に変化する場合、制御フローをステップSP32に進める。また、第1及び第2実施形態におけるステップSP30では、制御装置COは、第2出射状態で第1状態に変化する場合、制御フローをステップSP32に進める。また、ステップSP23では、制御装置COは、第2状態でない場合に制御フローをステップSP24に進め、第2状態である場合に制御フローをステップSP25に進めてもよい。また、第1及び第2実施形態では、第2出射状態は、所定の対象物が車両100の前方に位置しない場合と比べて第3領域の光量が増加されておらず、当該第3領域の光量が所定の対象物が車両100の前方に位置しない場合と同じである状態であった。しかし、第2出射状態は、所定の対象物が車両100の前方に位置しない場合と比べて第3領域の光量が増加されていない状態であればよく、例えば、所定の対象物が位置しない場合と比べて第3領域の少なくとも一部の光量が減少された状態でもよい。 For example, in the first and second embodiments, the operation of the process of changing the light amount of the third region in the control device CO included steps SP21 to SP32 or steps SP21 to SP32 and step SP35. However, this operation is not limited to this. For example, this operation does not have to include steps SP28 and SP31. In this case, for example, in step SP27 in the first embodiment, if the control device CO changes to the second state in the first emission state, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP25. Also, in step SP30 in the second embodiment, if the control device CO changes to the first state in the second emission state, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP32. Also, in step SP30 in the first and second embodiments, if the control device CO changes to the first state in the second emission state, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP32. Also, in step SP23, the control device CO may advance the control flow to step SP24 if the state is not the second state, and advance the control flow to step SP25 if the state is the second state. Also, in the first and second embodiments, the second emission state is a state in which the amount of light in the third region is not increased compared to when the predetermined object is not located in front of the vehicle 100, and the amount of light in the third region is the same as when the predetermined object is not located in front of the vehicle 100. However, the second emission state may be a state in which the amount of light in the third region is not increased compared to when the predetermined object is not located in front of the vehicle 100, and may be, for example, a state in which the amount of light in at least a part of the third region is reduced compared to when the predetermined object is not located.

 また、第1及び第2実施形態では、車両100の前方に位置する所定の対象物が複数である場合を例に説明した。例えば、一つの所定の対象物が車両100の前方に位置する場合、制御装置COは、所定の対象物が車両100の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、ハイビームの配光パターンPHのうち、所定の対象物の少なくとも一部と重なる第1領域の光量が減少し、第1領域を囲う第2領域の光量が増加するように、灯具ユニット10を制御する。 Furthermore, in the first and second embodiments, a case where there are multiple predetermined objects located in front of the vehicle 100 has been described as an example. For example, when one predetermined object is located in front of the vehicle 100, the control device CO controls the lamp unit 10 so that the amount of light in a first region of the high beam light distribution pattern PH that overlaps with at least a portion of the predetermined object is reduced and the amount of light in a second region surrounding the first region is increased, compared to when the predetermined object is not located in front of the vehicle 100.

 また、第1及び第2実施形態では、ハイビームの配光パターンPHにおいて、第1領域61a,61b,61c、第2領域62a,62b、62c、及び第3領域63a,63bの光量が変化される例を説明した。しかし、第1領域61a,61b,61c、第2領域62a,62b、62c、及び第3領域63a,63bの光量が変化される配光パターンは制限されるものではない。例えば、この配光パターンは、ロービームの配光パターンに付加されることでハイビームの配光パターンを形成する付加配光パターンであってもよい。この場合、例えば、ロービームは灯具ユニット10とは別の灯具ユニットから出射され、灯具ユニット10は付加配光パターンの光を出射する。 In the first and second embodiments, an example has been described in which the light amount of the first region 61a, 61b, 61c, the second region 62a, 62b, 62c, and the third region 63a, 63b is changed in the high beam light distribution pattern PH. However, the light distribution pattern in which the light amount of the first region 61a, 61b, 61c, the second region 62a, 62b, 62c, and the third region 63a, 63b is changed is not limited. For example, this light distribution pattern may be an additional light distribution pattern that is added to the low beam light distribution pattern to form the high beam light distribution pattern. In this case, for example, the low beam is emitted from a lamp unit other than the lamp unit 10, and the lamp unit 10 emits light of the additional light distribution pattern.

 また、第1及び第2実施形態では、出射する光の光量を個別に変更可能な複数の発光素子13を有する光源部12を例に説明した。しかし、光源部12は、制限されるものではない。例えば、光源部12は、マトリックス状に配列される複数の反射素子を含むDMD(Digital Mirror Device)と当該DMDに光を照射する発光部とを有していてもよい。DMDは、それぞれの反射素子の反射面から所定の方向に出射する光の光量を調節可能であり、それぞれの反射素子から所定の方向に出射する光の光量に応じた配光パターンを形成できる。 Furthermore, in the first and second embodiments, the light source unit 12 having a plurality of light-emitting elements 13 capable of individually changing the amount of light emitted has been described as an example. However, the light source unit 12 is not limited to this. For example, the light source unit 12 may have a DMD (Digital Mirror Device) including a plurality of reflective elements arranged in a matrix, and a light-emitting unit that irradiates light onto the DMD. The DMD is capable of adjusting the amount of light emitted in a specified direction from the reflective surface of each reflective element, and can form a light distribution pattern according to the amount of light emitted in a specified direction from each reflective element.

 また、第1及び第2実施形態では、制御装置CO及びメモリMEを備える一対の車両用前照灯1を含む車両100を例に説明した。しかし、制御装置CO及びメモリMEの少なくとも一方は、一対の車両用前照灯1において共有されてもよい。また、検出装置120から出力される信号は、車両100のECU101を介さずに制御装置COに入力されもよい。また、車両用前照灯1が備えられる車両は、例えば二輪車であってもよい。また、車両が備える車両用前照灯1の数は、制限されず、例えば1つでもよい。 Furthermore, in the first and second embodiments, the vehicle 100 including a pair of vehicle headlights 1 each having a control device CO and a memory ME has been described as an example. However, at least one of the control device CO and the memory ME may be shared by the pair of vehicle headlights 1. Furthermore, the signal output from the detection device 120 may be input to the control device CO without passing through the ECU 101 of the vehicle 100. Furthermore, the vehicle equipped with the vehicle headlight 1 may be, for example, a two-wheeled vehicle. Furthermore, the number of vehicle headlights 1 equipped on the vehicle is not limited and may be, for example, one.

(第3実施形態)
 次に、本発明の第4から第9の態様としての第3実施形態について説明する。なお、第1実施形態と同一又は同等の構成要素については、特に説明する場合を除き、同一の参照符号を付して重複する説明は省略する。
Third Embodiment
Next, a third embodiment of the present invention will be described as a fourth to ninth aspect. Note that, unless otherwise specified, the same or equivalent components as those in the first embodiment are given the same reference numerals and the duplicated description will be omitted.

 本実施形態では、検出装置120は所定の対象物として他車両を検出可能である。また、本実施形態では、ADB配光パターンが第1実施形態のADB配光パターンと主に異なる。 In this embodiment, the detection device 120 can detect other vehicles as a predetermined object. Also, in this embodiment, the ADB light distribution pattern is mainly different from the ADB light distribution pattern in the first embodiment.

 図12は、本実施形態におけるADB配光パターンの一例を図5と同様に示す図であり、所定の対象物である三つの先行車LV1,LV2,LV3及び二つの対向車OV1,OV2が車両100の前方に位置する際のADB配光パターンを示す図である。図12に示す状況は、車両100が平地から登り坂に入る手前に位置し、二つの先行車LV1,LV2及び二つの対向車OV1,OV2が平地に位置し、一つの先行車LV3が登り坂に位置する状況である。 FIG. 12 is a diagram similar to FIG. 5 showing an example of an ADB light distribution pattern in this embodiment, and shows the ADB light distribution pattern when three preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3 and two oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2, which are predetermined objects, are located in front of the vehicle 100. The situation shown in FIG. 12 is a situation in which the vehicle 100 is located just before entering an uphill slope from flat ground, the two preceding vehicles LV1, LV2 and the two oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2 are located on flat ground, and one preceding vehicle LV3 is located on an uphill slope.

 ADB配光パターンP3では、先行車LV1,LV2,LV3の少なくとも一部と重なる第1領域61a,61b,61cの光量は、ハイビームの配光パターンPHにおける当該第1領域61a,61b,61cの光量より少ない。また、対向車OV1,OV2の少なくとも一部と重なる第1領域61d,61eの光量は、ハイビームの配光パターンPHにおける当該第1領域61d,61eの光量より少ない。このため、本実施形態の車両用前照灯1によれば、先行車LV1,LV2,LV3及び対向車OV1,OV2に照射される光の量を減少させて、先行車LV1,LV2,LV3及び対向車OV1,OV2の運転者へのグレアを抑制し得る。なお、本実施形態の第1領域61a~61eは、光が照射されない遮光領域であるが、制限されるものではない。 In the ADB light distribution pattern P3, the light amount of the first regions 61a, 61b, 61c that overlap at least a portion of the preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3 is less than the light amount of the first regions 61a, 61b, 61c in the high beam light distribution pattern PH. Also, the light amount of the first regions 61d, 61e that overlap at least a portion of the oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2 is less than the light amount of the first regions 61d, 61e in the high beam light distribution pattern PH. Therefore, according to the vehicle headlamp 1 of this embodiment, the amount of light irradiated to the preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3 and the oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2 can be reduced, thereby suppressing glare to the drivers of the preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3 and the oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2. Note that the first regions 61a to 61e in this embodiment are light-shielded regions where light is not irradiated, but are not limited thereto.

 図12に示す例では、第1領域61a,61b,61cは、先行車LV1,LV2,LV3におけるナンバープレートより上部に重なる矩形状であり、第1領域61d,61eは、対向車OV1,OV2におけるナンバープレートより上部に重なる矩形状である。しかし、グレアを抑制する観点では、第1領域61a,61b,61cは先行車LV1,LV2,LV3の運転者が車外を視認するための視認部の少なくとも一部に重なっていればよく、第1領域61d,61eは対向車OV1,OV2の運転者が車外を視認するための視認部の少なくとも一部に重なっていればよい。 In the example shown in FIG. 12, the first regions 61a, 61b, 61c are rectangular and overlap the license plates of the preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3, and the first regions 61d, 61e are rectangular and overlap the license plates of the oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2. However, from the perspective of suppressing glare, it is sufficient that the first regions 61a, 61b, 61c overlap at least a portion of the viewing area through which the drivers of the preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3 view outside the vehicle, and the first regions 61d, 61e overlap at least a portion of the viewing area through which the drivers of the oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2 view outside the vehicle.

 図12に示す例では、先行車LV1,LV2,LV3と重なる第1領域61a,61b,61cから成る先行車用の組LVSでは、第1領域61aと第1領域61bとが互いに隣り合い、第1領域61bと第1領域61cとが互いに隣り合う。また、対向車OV1,OV2と重なる第1領域61d,61eから成る対向車用の組OVSでは、第1領域61bと第1領域61cとが互いに隣り合う。 In the example shown in FIG. 12, in the preceding vehicle group LVS consisting of first regions 61a, 61b, and 61c that overlap with the preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, and LV3, the first region 61a and the first region 61b are adjacent to each other, and the first region 61b and the first region 61c are adjacent to each other. In the oncoming vehicle group OVS consisting of first regions 61d and 61e that overlap with the oncoming vehicles OV1 and OV2, the first region 61b and the first region 61c are adjacent to each other.

 ADB配光パターンP3では、第2領域62aは、第1領域61aを囲う領域であり、第2領域62bは、第1領域61bを囲う領域であり、第2領域62cは、第1領域61cを囲う領域であり、第2領域62dは、第1領域61dを囲う領域であり、第2領域62eは、第1領域61eを囲う領域である。第2領域62a~62eの光量は、ハイビームの配光パターンPHにおける当該第2領域62a~62eの光量より多い。このため、本実施形態の車両用前照灯1によれば、暗くされた第1領域61a~61eの周囲が暗く見えることを抑制し得、車両100の前方の視認性の低下を抑制し得る。本実施形態では、第2領域62a~62eの幅は、概ね一定であるが、一定でなくてもよい。 In the ADB light distribution pattern P3, the second region 62a is a region surrounding the first region 61a, the second region 62b is a region surrounding the first region 61b, the second region 62c is a region surrounding the first region 61c, the second region 62d is a region surrounding the first region 61d, and the second region 62e is a region surrounding the first region 61e. The light amount of the second regions 62a to 62e is greater than the light amount of the second regions 62a to 62e in the high beam light distribution pattern PH. Therefore, according to the vehicle headlamp 1 of this embodiment, it is possible to prevent the surroundings of the darkened first regions 61a to 61e from appearing dark, and to prevent a decrease in visibility ahead of the vehicle 100. In this embodiment, the width of the second regions 62a to 62e is roughly constant, but it does not have to be constant.

 また、ADB配光パターンP3では、第3領域63a,63b,63cの光量は、ハイビームの配光パターンPHにおける当該第3領域63a,63b,63cの光量より多い。図12において、第3領域63a及び第3領域63cには斜線からなるハッチングが施され、第3領域63bにはドットからなるハッチングが施されている。 In addition, in the ADB light distribution pattern P3, the light amount of the third regions 63a, 63b, and 63c is greater than the light amount of the third regions 63a, 63b, and 63c in the high beam light distribution pattern PH. In FIG. 12, the third regions 63a and 63c are hatched with diagonal lines, and the third region 63b is hatched with dots.

 第3領域63aは、先行車用の組LVSにおいて、一対の第1領域61a,61bを囲う第2領域62a,62bにそれぞれ接続され、当該一対の第1領域61a,61bに挟まれる接続領域64aを含む領域である。第3領域63bは、先行車用の組LVSにおいて、一対の第1領域61a,61cを囲う第2領域62a,62cにそれぞれ接続され、当該一対の第1領域61a,61cに挟まれる接続領域64aを含む領域である。本実施形態では、第3領域63aは、一対の第1領域61a,61bを囲う最小の矩形枠70La内における第1領域61a,61b及び第2領域62a,62b以外の全てを含んでいる。また、第3領域63bは、一対の第1領域61a,61cを囲う最小の矩形枠70Lb内における第1領域61a,61c及び第2領域62a,62c以外の全てを含んでいる。図12に示す例では、第3領域63aは、第2領域62a,62bを囲う最小の矩形枠内における第1領域61a,61b及び第2領域62a,62b以外の全ての領域である。また、第3領域63bは、第2領域62a,62cを囲う最小の矩形枠内における第1領域61a,61c及び第2領域62a,62c以外の全ての領域である。なお、第3領域63a,63bの形状は、制限されない。 The third region 63a is connected to the second regions 62a, 62b surrounding the pair of first regions 61a, 61b in the preceding vehicle group LVS, and is a region including a connection region 64a sandwiched between the pair of first regions 61a, 61b. The third region 63b is connected to the second regions 62a, 62c surrounding the pair of first regions 61a, 61c in the preceding vehicle group LVS, and is a region including a connection region 64a sandwiched between the pair of first regions 61a, 61c. In this embodiment, the third region 63a includes everything except the first regions 61a, 61b and the second regions 62a, 62b within the smallest rectangular frame 70La surrounding the pair of first regions 61a, 61b. The third region 63b includes everything in the smallest rectangular frame 70Lb that surrounds the pair of first regions 61a, 61c, except for the first regions 61a, 61c and the second regions 62a, 62c. In the example shown in FIG. 12, the third region 63a is everything in the smallest rectangular frame that surrounds the second regions 62a, 62b, except for the first regions 61a, 61b and the second regions 62a, 62b. The third region 63b is everything in the smallest rectangular frame that surrounds the second regions 62a, 62c, except for the first regions 61a, 61c and the second regions 62a, 62c. The shapes of the third regions 63a, 63b are not limited.

 第3領域63cは、対向車用の組OVSにおいて、一対の第1領域61d,61eを囲う第2領域62a,62bにそれぞれ接続され、当該一対の第1領域61d,61eに挟まれる接続領域64cを含む。本実施形態では、第3領域63cは、一対の第1領域61d,61eを囲う最小の矩形枠70O内における第1領域61d,61e及び第2領域62d,62e以外の全てを含んでいる。図12に示す例では、第3領域63cは、第2領域62d,62eを囲う最小の矩形枠内における第1領域61d,61e及び第2領域62d,62e以外の全ての領域である。なお、第3領域63cの形状は制限されない。 The third region 63c is connected to the second regions 62a, 62b surrounding the pair of first regions 61d, 61e in the pair OVS for oncoming vehicles, and includes a connection region 64c sandwiched between the pair of first regions 61d, 61e. In this embodiment, the third region 63c includes everything other than the first regions 61d, 61e and the second regions 62d, 62e within the smallest rectangular frame 70O surrounding the pair of first regions 61d, 61e. In the example shown in FIG. 12, the third region 63c is everything other than the first regions 61d, 61e and the second regions 62d, 62e within the smallest rectangular frame surrounding the second regions 62d, 62e. The shape of the third region 63c is not limited.

 また、ADB配光パターンP3では、第1領域61a~61e、第2領域62a~62e、及び第3領域63a,63b,63c以外の領域である非特定領域66の光量は、ハイビームの配光パターンPHにおける当該非特定領域66の光量と同じであり、ADB配光パターンP1における非特定領域66の光の強度分布は、ハイビームの配光パターンPHにおける当該非特定領域66の光の強度分布と同じである。つまり、非特定領域66は、先行車及び対向車が車両100の前方に位置しない場合から光量が変化しない領域である。そして、非特定領域66は、先行車LV1~LV3と重なる第1領域61a,61b,61cを囲う第2領域62a,62b,62cと、対向車OV1,OV2と重なる第1領域61d,61eを囲う第2領域62d,62eとの間に位置する。つまり、非特定領域66は、第2領域62a,62b,62cと第2領域62d,62eとの間を横切り、第2領域62a,62b,62cと第2領域62d,62eとは、光量が増加される領域によって非接続である。 In addition, in the ADB light distribution pattern P3, the light amount of a non-specific region 66, which is a region other than the first region 61a-61e, the second region 62a-62e, and the third region 63a, 63b, 63c, is the same as the light amount of the non-specific region 66 in the high beam light distribution pattern PH, and the light intensity distribution of the non-specific region 66 in the ADB light distribution pattern P1 is the same as the light intensity distribution of the non-specific region 66 in the high beam light distribution pattern PH. In other words, the non-specific region 66 is a region in which the light amount does not change from when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not positioned in front of the vehicle 100. The non-specific area 66 is located between the second areas 62a, 62b, 62c that surround the first areas 61a, 61b, 61c that overlap the preceding vehicles LV1 to LV3, and the second areas 62d, 62e that surround the first areas 61d, 61e that overlap the oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2. In other words, the non-specific area 66 crosses between the second areas 62a, 62b, 62c and the second areas 62d, 62e, and the second areas 62a, 62b, 62c and the second areas 62d, 62e are not connected by the area where the amount of light is increased.

 本実施形態では、第1領域61a~61dにおいて減少する光量の合計と、第2領域62a~62d、及び第3領域63a,63b,63cにおいて増加する光量の合計とが同じである。なお、第1領域61a~61dにおいて減少する光量の合計と、第2領域62a~62d、及び第3領域63a,63b,63cにおいて増加する光量の合計とが互いに異なっていてもよい。また、本実施形態では、第2領域62a~62d及び第3領域63a,63b,63cの全体において増光率は一定である。なお、第2領域62a~62d及び第3領域63a,63b,63cの全体において増光率は一定でなくてもよく、例えば、第2領域62a~62d及び第3領域63a,63b,63cの全体において単位面積当たりの増光量が一定であってもよい。また、第2領域62a~62cと第3領域63a,63bとの明るさが同じとされもよく、このような構成によれば、第2領域62a~62cと第3領域63a,63bとの境界を視認し難くできる。また、第2領域62d,62eと第3領域63cとの明るさが同じとされもよく、このような構成によれば、第2領域62d,62eと第3領域63cとの境界を視認し難くできる。 In this embodiment, the total amount of light that decreases in the first regions 61a to 61d is the same as the total amount of light that increases in the second regions 62a to 62d and the third regions 63a, 63b, and 63c. The total amount of light that decreases in the first regions 61a to 61d may be different from the total amount of light that increases in the second regions 62a to 62d and the third regions 63a, 63b, and 63c. In this embodiment, the light increase rate is constant throughout the second regions 62a to 62d and the third regions 63a, 63b, and 63c. The light increase rate does not have to be constant throughout the second regions 62a to 62d and the third regions 63a, 63b, and 63c. For example, the amount of light increase per unit area may be constant throughout the second regions 62a to 62d and the third regions 63a, 63b, and 63c. The second regions 62a-62c and the third regions 63a and 63b may also have the same brightness, and with this configuration, the boundaries between the second regions 62a-62c and the third regions 63a and 63b may be difficult to see. The second regions 62d and 62e and the third region 63c may also have the same brightness, and with this configuration, the boundaries between the second regions 62d and 62e and the third region 63c may be difficult to see.

 なお、図12に示す例は、他車両である先行車及び対向車がそれぞれ複数である状態であった。しかし、先行車及び対向車の一方が複数で他方が一つである状態では、第3領域は、先行車及び対向車のうち複数である一方の他車両とそれぞれ重なる複数の第1領域から成る組において、互いに隣り合う一対の第1領域の組のそれぞれに対する接続領域を含む領域となる。 In the example shown in FIG. 12, there are multiple preceding and oncoming vehicles. However, when there are multiple preceding and oncoming vehicles and only one other, the third region is an area that includes a connection area for each pair of adjacent first regions in a group of multiple first regions that overlap with one of the multiple preceding and oncoming vehicles.

 図13は、本実施形態における別のADB配光パターンの一例を図12と同様に示す図である。図13に示す状況は、図12に示す状況において、対向車OV2が車両100の前方に位置しない状態であり、三つの先行車LV1,LV2,LV3及び一つの対向車OV1が車両100の前方に位置する状況である。このような状況におけるADB配光パターンP4では、先行車LV1,LV2,LV3の少なくとも一部と重なる第1領域61a~61cの光量が、ハイビームの配光パターンPHにおける当該第1領域61a~61cの光量より少ない。また、対向車OV1の少なくとも一部とれ重なる第1領域61dの光量が、ハイビームの配光パターンPHにおける当該第1領域61dの光量より少ない。また、第1領域61a~61dを個別に囲う第2領域62a~62dの光量が、ハイビームの配光パターンPHにおける当該第2領域62a~62dの光量より多い。 Figure 13 is a diagram similar to Figure 12, showing an example of another ADB light distribution pattern in this embodiment. The situation shown in Figure 13 is a situation in which, in the situation shown in Figure 12, the oncoming vehicle OV2 is not located in front of the vehicle 100, and three preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3 and one oncoming vehicle OV1 are located in front of the vehicle 100. In the ADB light distribution pattern P4 in this situation, the light amount of the first regions 61a-61c that overlap with at least a portion of the preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3 is less than the light amount of the first regions 61a-61c in the high beam light distribution pattern PH. Also, the light amount of the first region 61d that overlaps with at least a portion of the oncoming vehicle OV1 is less than the light amount of the first region 61d in the high beam light distribution pattern PH. In addition, the amount of light in the second regions 62a-62d that individually surround the first regions 61a-61d is greater than the amount of light in the second regions 62a-62d in the high beam light distribution pattern PH.

 また、ADB配光パターンP4では、非特定領域66は、先行車LV1~LV3と重なる第1領域61a~61cを囲う第2領域62a~62cと、対向車OV1,OV2と重なる第1領域61dを囲う第2領域62dとの間に位置する。 In addition, in the ADB light distribution pattern P4, the non-specific region 66 is located between the second regions 62a-62c that surround the first regions 61a-61c that overlap the preceding vehicles LV1-LV3, and the second region 62d that surrounds the first region 61d that overlaps the oncoming vehicles OV1 and OV2.

 また、ADB配光パターンP4では、図12に示すADB配光パターンP3と同様に、第1領域61a~61dにおいて減少する光量の合計と、第2領域62a~62d、及び第3領域63a,63bにおいて増加する光量の合計とが同じである。なお、第1領域61a~61dにおいて減少する光量の合計と、第2領域62a~62d、及び第3領域63a,63bにおいて増加する光量の合計とが互いに異なっていてもよい。また、本実施形態では、第2領域62a~62d及び第3領域63a,63bの全体において増光率は一定であるが、一定でなくてもよい。例えば、第2領域62a~62d及び第3領域63a,63bの全体において単位面積当たりの増光量が一定であってもよい。また、第2領域62a,62cと第3領域63bとの明るさが同じとされもよい。 In the ADB light distribution pattern P4, similarly to the ADB light distribution pattern P3 shown in FIG. 12, the total amount of light that decreases in the first regions 61a to 61d is the same as the total amount of light that increases in the second regions 62a to 62d and the third regions 63a and 63b. The total amount of light that decreases in the first regions 61a to 61d may be different from the total amount of light that increases in the second regions 62a to 62d and the third regions 63a and 63b. In the present embodiment, the light increase rate is constant throughout the second regions 62a to 62d and the third regions 63a and 63b, but it does not have to be constant. For example, the amount of light increase per unit area may be constant throughout the second regions 62a to 62d and the third regions 63a and 63b. The brightness of the second regions 62a and 62c may be the same as that of the third region 63b.

 このようなADB配光パターンP3,P4の第3領域63a,63bの光量は、所定の要件を満たすと増加され、所定の要件を満たさないと増加されずに先行車及び対向車が車両100の前方に位置しない場合の光量と同じになる。本実施形態では、第3領域63a,63bの光量は、車両100と先行車LV1,LV2,LV3との相対的な位置に応じて、増加しなくなる。また、ADB配光パターンP1の第3領域63cの光量は、車両100と対向車OV1,OV2との相対的な位置に応じて、増加しなくなる。 The light intensity of the third regions 63a, 63b of such ADB light distribution patterns P3, P4 increases when certain requirements are met, and does not increase when certain requirements are not met, resulting in the same light intensity as when the preceding vehicle and oncoming vehicle are not positioned in front of the vehicle 100. In this embodiment, the light intensity of the third regions 63a, 63b does not increase depending on the relative positions of the vehicle 100 and the preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3. Also, the light intensity of the third region 63c of the ADB light distribution pattern P1 does not increase depending on the relative positions of the vehicle 100 and the oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2.

 図14は、図12に示す状況を示す概略図であり、車両100及び先行車LV1,LV2,LV3及び対向車OV1,OV2を上方から見る概略図である。本実施形態では、先行車用の組LVSにおいて互いに隣り合う一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量は、当該一対の第1領域における一方と重なる先行車に車両100から向かう第1方向D1と、他方と重なる先行車に車両100から向かう第2方向D2とのなす角θが第1閾値以下である第1状態では、増加する。当該第3領域の光量は、第1方向D1と第2方向D2とのなす角θが第1閾値以上である第2閾値より大きい第2状態では、増加しない。なお、図14では、車両100から一対の第1領域61a,61bの一方と重なる先行車LV1に向かう第1方向D1と、他方と重なる先行車LV2に向かう第2方向D2とが示されている。また、先行車用の組LVSに対する接続領域と同様に、対向車用の組OVSにおいて互いに隣り合う一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量は、車両100から当該一対の第1領域における一方と重なる対向車に向かう第1方向D1と、他方と重なる対向車に向かう第2方向D2とのなす角θが第1閾値以下である第1状態では、増加する。当該第3領域の光量は、第1方向D1と第2方向D2とのなす角θが第1閾値以上である第2閾値より大きい第2状態では、増加しない。なお、以下では、第1実施形態と同様に、先行車及び対向車が位置しない場合と比べて第3領域の光量が増加している状態を第1出射状態といい、先行車及び対向車が位置しない場合と比べて第3領域の光量が増加されておらず、当該第3領域の光量が先行車及び対向車が位置しない場合と同じである状態を第2出射状態という場合がある。図12に示す状況では、先行車用の組LVSにおいて互いに隣り合う一対の第1領域に対する上記のなす角θ、及び対向車用の組OVSにおいて互いに隣り合う一対の第1領域に対する上記のなす角θの状態は、第1閾値以下である第1状態である。 Figure 14 is a schematic diagram showing the situation shown in Figure 12, and is a schematic diagram showing vehicle 100, preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3, and oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2 from above. In this embodiment, the light amount of a third region including a connection region for a pair of adjacent first regions in the preceding vehicle set LVS increases in a first state in which an angle θ between a first direction D1 from vehicle 100 toward a preceding vehicle overlapping one of the pair of first regions and a second direction D2 from vehicle 100 toward a preceding vehicle overlapping the other of the pair of first regions is less than or equal to a first threshold. The light amount of the third region does not increase in a second state in which the angle θ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 is greater than a second threshold that is greater than or equal to the first threshold. 14 shows a first direction D1 from the vehicle 100 toward the preceding vehicle LV1 overlapping one of the pair of first regions 61a, 61b, and a second direction D2 from the vehicle 100 toward the preceding vehicle LV2 overlapping the other. Similarly to the connection region for the preceding vehicle set LVS, the light amount of a third region including the connection region for a pair of adjacent first regions in the oncoming vehicle set OVS increases in a first state in which the angle θ between the first direction D1 from the vehicle 100 toward the oncoming vehicle overlapping one of the pair of first regions and the second direction D2 toward the oncoming vehicle overlapping the other is equal to or smaller than a first threshold. The light amount of the third region does not increase in a second state in which the angle θ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 is greater than a second threshold, which is equal to or larger than the first threshold. In the following, as in the first embodiment, a state in which the amount of light in the third region is increased compared to when there is no preceding vehicle or oncoming vehicle is referred to as a first emission state, and a state in which the amount of light in the third region is not increased compared to when there is no preceding vehicle or oncoming vehicle and the amount of light in the third region is the same as when there is no preceding vehicle or oncoming vehicle is referred to as a second emission state. In the situation shown in FIG. 12, the angle θ between the pair of adjacent first regions in the preceding vehicle group LVS and the angle θ between the pair of adjacent first regions in the oncoming vehicle group OVS are in a first state that is equal to or less than a first threshold value.

 本実施形態では、第2閾値は第1閾値より大きい。第1閾値は、例えば、2度以上3度以下であり、第2閾値は、例えば、5度以上6度以下であるが、第1閾値及び第2閾値は制限されない。 In this embodiment, the second threshold is greater than the first threshold. The first threshold is, for example, 2 degrees or more and 3 degrees or less, and the second threshold is, for example, 5 degrees or more and 6 degrees or less, but the first threshold and the second threshold are not limited.

 図15は、本実施形態における更に別のADB配光パターンの一例を図12と同様に示す図である。図15に示す状況は、図12に示す状況において、隣り合う第1領域61a,61bに対する上記のなす角θの状態のみが、第2閾値より大きい第2状態になった状況である。図15に示すように、ADB配光パターンP5では、一対の第1領域61a,61bに対する接続領域64aを含む第3領域63aの光量が増加しない。 FIG. 15 is a diagram similar to FIG. 12 showing another example of an ADB light distribution pattern in this embodiment. The situation shown in FIG. 15 is a situation in which, in the situation shown in FIG. 12, only the state of the angle θ between the adjacent first regions 61a, 61b is in the second state, which is greater than the second threshold value. As shown in FIG. 15, in the ADB light distribution pattern P5, the light amount of the third region 63a including the connection region 64a between the pair of first regions 61a, 61b does not increase.

 また、ADB配光パターンP5では、図12に示すADB配光パターンP3と同様に、第1領域61a~61dにおいて減少する光量の合計と、第2領域62a~62d、及び第3領域63b,63cにおいて増加する光量の合計とが同じである。なお、第1領域61a~61dにおいて減少する光量の合計と、第2領域62a~62d、及び第3領域63b,63cにおいて増加する光量の合計とが互いに異なっていてもよい。また、本実施形態では、第2領域62a~62d及び第3領域63b,63cの全体において増光率は一定であるが、一定でなくてもよい。例えば、第2領域62a~62d及び第3領域63b,63cの全体において単位面積当たりの増光量が一定であってもよい。また、第2領域62a,62cと第3領域63bとの明るさが同じとされもよく、第2領域62d,62eと第3領域63cとの明るさが同じとされもよい。 Furthermore, in the ADB light distribution pattern P5, similarly to the ADB light distribution pattern P3 shown in FIG. 12, the total amount of light that decreases in the first regions 61a to 61d is the same as the total amount of light that increases in the second regions 62a to 62d and the third regions 63b, 63c. Note that the total amount of light that decreases in the first regions 61a to 61d may be different from the total amount of light that increases in the second regions 62a to 62d and the third regions 63b, 63c. Furthermore, in this embodiment, the light increase rate is constant throughout the second regions 62a to 62d and the third regions 63b, 63c, but it does not have to be constant. For example, the amount of light increase per unit area may be constant throughout the second regions 62a to 62d and the third regions 63b, 63c. In addition, the second regions 62a and 62c may have the same brightness as the third region 63b, and the second regions 62d and 62e may have the same brightness as the third region 63c.

 なお、第1方向D1と第2方向D2とのなす角θが第1閾値より大きく第2閾値以下の場合には、一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量は、増加した第1出射状態に保たれたり、増加しない第2出射状態に保たれたりする。 In addition, when the angle θ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 is greater than the first threshold value and is equal to or less than the second threshold value, the amount of light in the third region, which includes the connection region to the pair of first regions, is kept in the increased first emission state, or in the unincreased second emission state.

 また、上記のなす角θに応じてADB配光パターンを変化させる制御装置COの配光変化処理の動作は、図9に示す第1実施形態における当該動作と同じであり、当該動作の説明については省略する。 The operation of the light distribution change process of the control device CO, which changes the ADB light distribution pattern according to the angle θ, is the same as that in the first embodiment shown in FIG. 9, and a description of this operation will be omitted.

 前述のように、光量が減少された領域の周囲及び隣り合う他車両の間の領域に照射される光の量を増加させる場合がある。しかし、このような灯具ユニットの制御において、配光パターンの変化が大きいと運転者が配光パターンの変化に煩わしさを覚えることがある。 As mentioned above, there are cases where the amount of light irradiated around the area where the amount of light is reduced and in the area between adjacent vehicles is increased. However, when controlling the lamp unit in this way, if the change in the light distribution pattern is large, the driver may find the change in the light distribution pattern annoying.

 そこで、第6の態様としての本実施形態の車両用前照灯1は、灯具ユニット10と、制御装置COと、を備え、第5の態様としての本実施形態のプログラムは、制御装置COに、ステップSP21~SP32を実行させる。そして、第3の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置COは、複数の先行車LV1,LV2,LV3及び複数の対向車OV1,OV2が車両100の前方に位置する状態では、先行車LV1,LV2,LV3及び対向車OV1,OV2が車両100の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、ハイビームの配光パターンPHのうち、第1領域61a~61eの光量を減少させ、第2領域62a~62e、及び第3領域63a,63b,63cの光量を増加させるように、灯具ユニット10を制御する。第1領域61a~61cは先行車LV1,LV2,LV3の少なくとも一部と重なり、第1領域61d,61eは対向車OV1,OV2の少なくとも一部とそれぞれ重なる。第2領域62a~62eは、第1領域61a~61eを個別に囲う。 The vehicle headlamp 1 of the present embodiment as a sixth aspect includes a lamp unit 10 and a control device CO, and the program of the present embodiment as the fifth aspect causes the control device CO to execute steps SP21 to SP32. The control device CO of the present embodiment as a third aspect controls the lamp unit 10 to reduce the amount of light in the first regions 61a to 61e and to increase the amount of light in the second regions 62a to 62e and the third regions 63a, 63b, 63c of the high beam light distribution pattern PH when multiple preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3 and multiple oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2 are located in front of the vehicle 100, compared to when the preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3 and oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2 are not located in front of the vehicle 100. The first regions 61a-61c overlap at least partially with the preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, and LV3, and the first regions 61d and 61e overlap at least partially with the oncoming vehicles OV1 and OV2, respectively. The second regions 62a-62e surround the first regions 61a-61e individually.

 第3領域63a,63bは、先行車LV1,LV2,LV3と重なる第1領域61a~61cから成る先行車用の組LVSにおいて、隣り合う第1領域を囲う第2領域に接続され当該隣り合う第1領域に挟まれる接続領域64a,64bを含む領域である。第3領域63cは、対向車OV1,OV2と重なる第1領域61d,61eから成る先行車用の組LVSにおいて、隣り合う第1領域を囲う第2領域に接続され当該隣り合う第1領域に挟まれる接続領域64cを含む領域である。このため、先行車用の組LVS、及び対向車用の組OVSの両方において、隣り合う第1領域の間が暗く見えることを抑制し得る。また、接続領域64a~64cは第2領域62a~62eに接続するため、増光される第2領域62a~62c及び第3領域63a,63bが一体となり、第3領域63a,63bが第2領域62a~62cと離隔する場合と比べて、運転者が違和感を覚えることを抑制し得る。 The third regions 63a, 63b are regions including connection regions 64a, 64b that are connected to second regions surrounding adjacent first regions and sandwiched between the adjacent first regions in the preceding vehicle group LVS consisting of first regions 61a-61c that overlap with the preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3. The third region 63c is a region including connection region 64c that is connected to second regions surrounding adjacent first regions and sandwiched between the adjacent first regions in the preceding vehicle group LVS consisting of first regions 61d, 61e that overlap with the oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2. This makes it possible to prevent the space between adjacent first regions from appearing dark in both the preceding vehicle group LVS and the oncoming vehicle group OVS. In addition, because the connection regions 64a-64c are connected to the second regions 62a-62e, the brightened second regions 62a-62c and the third regions 63a, 63b are integrated, which can reduce the driver's sense of discomfort compared to when the third regions 63a, 63b are separated from the second regions 62a-62c.

 一般的に、先行車同士、及び対向車同士は、進行方向が概ね同じであるため、相対的な移動量は少ない傾向にある。第4から第6の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置CO、プログラム、及び車両用前照灯1では、先行車用の組LVSにおける接続領域64a,64bを含む第3領域63a,63bと、対向車用の組OVSにおいて接続領域64cを含む第3領域63cとの光量が増加される。接続領域64a~64cは変化しにくい傾向にある。また、先行車と対向車とは進行方向が概ね反対であるため、相対的な移動量は多くなる傾向にある。このため、先行車と重なる第1領域と対向車と重なる第1領域とに挟まれこれら第1領域を囲う第2領域に接続される領域の形状は、変化し易い傾向にある。第4から第6の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置CO、プログラム、及び車両用前照灯1では、先行車LV1,LV2,LV3と重なる第1領域61a~61cを囲う第2領域62a~62cと対向車OV1,OV2と重なる第1領域61d,61eを囲う第2領域62d,62eとの間には、非特定領域66が位置する。非特定領域66は、先行車LV1,LV2,LV3及び対向車OV1,OV2が車両100の前方に位置しない場合から光量が変化しない領域である。このため、先行車と重なる第1領域と対向車と重なる第1領域とに挟まれこれら第1領域を囲うそれぞれの第2領域に接続する領域は、増加しない。このため、この領域の光量が増加する場合と比べて、第3領域63a,63b,63cの形状の変化を抑制し得る。従って、この場合と比べて、配光パターンの変化を抑制し得、運転者が配光パターンの変化に煩わしさを覚えることを抑制し得る。 Generally, the traveling directions of preceding vehicles and oncoming vehicles are generally the same, so the amount of relative movement tends to be small. In the control device CO, program, and vehicle headlamp 1 of the present embodiment as the fourth to sixth aspects, the light intensity is increased in the third region 63a, 63b including the connection regions 64a, 64b in the group LVS for preceding vehicles, and in the third region 63c including the connection region 64c in the group OVS for oncoming vehicles. The connection regions 64a to 64c tend to be difficult to change. In addition, the traveling directions of the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are generally opposite, so the amount of relative movement tends to be large. For this reason, the shape of the region sandwiched between the first region overlapping with the preceding vehicle and the first region overlapping with the oncoming vehicle and connected to the second region surrounding these first regions tends to change easily. In the control device CO, the program, and the vehicle headlamp 1 of the present embodiment as the fourth to sixth aspects, a non-specific area 66 is located between the second areas 62a to 62c surrounding the first areas 61a to 61c overlapping the preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3 and the second areas 62d, 62e surrounding the first areas 61d, 61e overlapping the oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2. The non-specific area 66 is an area in which the amount of light does not change even when the preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3 and the oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2 are not located in front of the vehicle 100. Therefore, the area between the first area overlapping the preceding vehicle and the first area overlapping the oncoming vehicle and connected to each of the second areas surrounding these first areas does not increase. Therefore, the change in the shape of the third areas 63a, 63b, 63c can be suppressed compared to the case in which the amount of light in this area increases. Therefore, compared to this case, changes in the light distribution pattern can be suppressed, and the driver's annoyance caused by the changes in the light distribution pattern can be suppressed.

 また、第7の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置CO、第8の態様としてのプログラム、及び第9の態様としての車両用前照灯1では、先行車及び対向車の一方が複数で他方が一つである状態での第3領域は、先行車及び対向車のうち複数である一方の他車両と重なる複数の第1領域から成る組において、互いに隣り合う第1領域に挟まれ当該隣り合う第1領域を囲うそれぞれの第2領域に接続される接続領域を含む領域である。このため、先行車及び対向車のうち複数である一方の他車両とそれぞれ重なる複数の第1領域から成る組において、隣り合う第1領域の間が暗く見えることを抑制し得る。また、増光される第2領域及び第3領域が一体となり、第3領域が第2領域と離隔する場合と比べて、運転者が違和感を覚えることを抑制し得る。また、第7から第9の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置CO、プログラム、及び車両用前照灯1では、先行車及び対向車の一方が複数で他方が一つである状態において、先行車と重なる第1領域を囲う第2領域と対向車と重なる第1領域を囲う第2領域との間には、非特定領域66が位置する。このため、先行車と重なる第1領域と対向車と重なる第1領域とによって挟まれこれら二つの第1領域を囲うそれぞれの第2領域に接続される領域の光量は、増加しない。このため、この領域の光量が増加される場合と比べて、第3領域の形状の変化を抑制し得る。従って、この場合と比べて、配光パターンの変化を抑制し得、運転者が配光パターンの変化に煩わしさを覚えることを抑制し得る。 Furthermore, in the control device CO of this embodiment as a seventh aspect, the program as an eighth aspect, and the vehicle headlamp 1 as a ninth aspect, the third area when there are multiple preceding vehicles and one oncoming vehicle, is an area including a connection area that is sandwiched between adjacent first areas and connected to each of the second areas surrounding the adjacent first areas in a set of multiple first areas that overlap with one of the preceding vehicles and the oncoming vehicles. Therefore, in a set of multiple first areas that overlap with one of the preceding vehicles and the oncoming vehicles, the area between adjacent first areas can be prevented from appearing dark. Also, the increased second area and third area are integrated, and the driver can be prevented from feeling uncomfortable compared to when the third area is separated from the second area. In the seventh to ninth aspects of the control device CO, program, and vehicle headlamp 1 of the present embodiment, when there are multiple preceding vehicles and multiple oncoming vehicles and only one preceding vehicle, a non-specific area 66 is located between the second area surrounding the first area overlapping the preceding vehicle and the second area surrounding the first area overlapping the oncoming vehicle. Therefore, the amount of light in the area sandwiched between the first area overlapping the preceding vehicle and the first area overlapping the oncoming vehicle and connected to each of the second areas surrounding these two first areas does not increase. Therefore, compared to when the amount of light in this area is increased, the change in the shape of the third area can be suppressed. Therefore, compared to this case, the change in the light distribution pattern can be suppressed, and the driver's annoyance caused by the change in the light distribution pattern can be suppressed.

 また、第4から第9の態様としての本実施形態では、複数の第1領域61a~61eにおいて減少する光量の合計と、複数の第2領域62a~62e、及び第3領域63a,63b,63cにおいて増加する光量の合計とが同じである。このため、第4から第9の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置CO、プログラム、及び車両用前照灯1によれば、第2領域62a~62e、及び第3領域63a,63b,63cにおいて増加する光量の合計が第1領域61a,61bにおいて減少する光量の合計より多い場合と比べて、エネルギー消費量の増加を抑制できる。 Furthermore, in the fourth to ninth aspects of this embodiment, the total amount of light that decreases in the first regions 61a to 61e is the same as the total amount of light that increases in the second regions 62a to 62e and the third regions 63a, 63b, and 63c. Therefore, according to the control device CO, program, and vehicle headlamp 1 of this embodiment as the fourth to ninth aspects, the increase in energy consumption can be suppressed compared to when the total amount of light that increases in the second regions 62a to 62e and the third regions 63a, 63b, and 63c is greater than the total amount of light that decreases in the first regions 61a and 61b.

 また、第4及び第7の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置COは、先行車用の組LVS及び対向車用の組OVSにおいて、互いに隣り合う一対の第1領域の一方と重なる先行車または対向車に車両100から向かう第1方向D1と、当該一対の第1領域の他方と重なる先行車または対向車に車両100から向かう第2方向D2とのなす角θが第1閾値以下である第1状態では、当該一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量を増加させるように、灯具ユニット10を制御する。また、第4及び第7の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置COは、当該一対の第1領域に対するなす角θが第1閾値以上である第2閾値より大きい第2状態では、当該一対の第1領域に対する第3領域の光量を増加させないように、灯具ユニット10を制御する。 The control device CO of the present embodiment as the fourth and seventh aspects controls the lamp unit 10 to increase the amount of light in the third area including the connection area to the pair of first areas in a first state in which the angle θ between the first direction D1 from the vehicle 100 toward a preceding vehicle or an oncoming vehicle that overlaps with one of the pair of adjacent first areas in the preceding vehicle group LVS and the oncoming vehicle group OVS is less than or equal to a first threshold value. The control device CO of the present embodiment as the fourth and seventh aspects controls the lamp unit 10 to not increase the amount of light in the third area to the pair of first areas in a second state in which the angle θ between the pair of first areas is greater than a second threshold value that is greater than or equal to the first threshold value.

 第1方向D1と第2方向D2とのなす角θが大きいほど、隣り合う一対の第1領域の距離が遠くなる。接続領域は、上記のように、第2領域に接続されるため、一対の第1領域の距離が遠くなるほど大きくなる傾向にある。この接続領域が大きくなると共に、当該接続領域を含む第3領域が増光すると、第3領域における増光量が多くなる傾向にある。第4から第9の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置CO、プログラム、及び車両用前照灯1では、第2状態、つまり、一対の第1領域の距離が遠い場合には、当該一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量が増加しない。このため、第1方向D1と第2方向D2とのなす角θによらずに一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量が増加する場合と比べて、第3領域における増光量が多くなり過ぎることを抑制し得、エネルギー消費量の増大を抑制し得る。 The larger the angle θ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2, the greater the distance between the pair of adjacent first regions. Since the connection region is connected to the second region as described above, the greater the distance between the pair of first regions, the greater the tendency for the connection region to become larger. If the connection region becomes larger and the third region including the connection region becomes brighter, the amount of light increase in the third region tends to increase. In the control device CO, program, and vehicle headlamp 1 of the present embodiment as the fourth to ninth aspects, in the second state, that is, when the distance between the pair of first regions is far, the amount of light increase in the third region including the connection region for the pair of first regions does not increase. Therefore, compared to the case where the amount of light increase in the third region including the connection region for the pair of first regions increases regardless of the angle θ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2, it is possible to prevent the amount of light increase in the third region from becoming too large, and to prevent an increase in energy consumption.

 また、第4から第9の態様としての本実施形態では、第2閾値は、第1閾値より大きい。このため、第4から第9の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置CO、プログラム、及び車両用前照灯1によれば、第2閾値が第1閾値と同じ場合と比べて、一対の第1領域に対する接続領域の光量が変化する頻度を低減し得る。従って、運転者が配光パターンの変化に煩わしさを覚えることを抑制し得る。なお、第2閾値は第1閾値と同じであってもよい。 Furthermore, in the fourth to ninth aspects of this embodiment, the second threshold value is greater than the first threshold value. Therefore, according to the control device CO, program, and vehicle headlamp 1 of this embodiment, the fourth to ninth aspects, the frequency with which the light amount of the connection area to the pair of first areas changes can be reduced compared to when the second threshold value is the same as the first threshold value. This can therefore prevent the driver from feeling annoyed by changes in the light distribution pattern. Note that the second threshold value may be the same as the first threshold value.

 また、第4及び第7の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置COは、一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量を増加させない状態で第1状態になってから第1期間経過するまでは、当該第3領域の光量を増加させないように、灯具ユニット10を制御する。また、第4及び第7の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置COは、第1期間経過した際に第1状態である場合には、一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量を増加させるように、灯具ユニット10を制御する。 The control device CO of the present embodiment as the fourth and seventh aspects controls the lighting unit 10 so as not to increase the amount of light in the third region, including the connection region to the pair of first regions, until the first period has elapsed since the first state has been reached without increasing the amount of light in the third region, including the connection region to the pair of first regions. The control device CO of the present embodiment as the fourth and seventh aspects controls the lighting unit 10 so as to increase the amount of light in the third region, including the connection region to the pair of first regions, if the first state has been reached after the first period has elapsed.

 第1閾値を超えて第1状態になった際の第1方向と第2方向とのなす角は、第1閾値に近い値である。このため、第1状態になってもすぐに第1状態でなくなることがある。第4から第9の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置CO、プログラム、及び車両用前照灯1によれば、第1状態になって第1期間経過するまでは、一対の第1領域に対する接続領域の光量が増加されていないままであり、第1期間経過した際に第2状態である場合には、この接続領域の光量が増加する。このため、第1状態になった際に上記の接続領域の光量が増加する場合と比べて、上記の接続領域の光量が変化する頻度を低減し得る。従って、運転者が配光パターンの変化に煩わしさを覚えることを抑制し得る。 The angle between the first direction and the second direction when the first threshold is exceeded and the first state is reached is a value close to the first threshold. Therefore, even if the first state is reached, the first state may soon be lost. According to the control device CO, program, and vehicle headlamp 1 of the present embodiment as the fourth to ninth aspects, the amount of light in the connection area for the pair of first areas remains unincreased until the first period has elapsed since the first state is reached, and if the second state is reached after the first period has elapsed, the amount of light in this connection area increases. Therefore, the frequency with which the amount of light in the connection area changes can be reduced compared to when the amount of light in the connection area increases when the first state is reached. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in the light distribution pattern.

 また、第4及び第7の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置COは、一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量を増加させた状態で第2状態になってから第2期間経過するまでは、当該第3領域の光量を増加させるように、灯具ユニット10を制御する。また、第4及び第7の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置COは、第2期間経過した際に第2状態である場合には、一対の第1領域に対する接続領域の光量を増加させないように、灯具ユニット10を制御する。 The control device CO of the present embodiment as the fourth and seventh aspects controls the lighting unit 10 to increase the amount of light in the third region, including the connection region to the pair of first regions, until the second period has elapsed since the second state is reached with the amount of light increased in the third region, which includes the connection region to the pair of first regions. The control device CO of the present embodiment as the fourth and seventh aspects controls the lighting unit 10 not to increase the amount of light in the connection region to the pair of first regions if the second state is reached after the second period has elapsed.

 第2閾値を超えて第2状態になってもすぐに第2状態でなくなることがある。第4から第9の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置CO、プログラム、及び車両用前照灯1によれば、第2状態になって第2期間経過するまでは、一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量が増加したままであり、第2期間経過した際に第2状態である場合には、当該第3領域の光量が増加されていない状態になる。このため、第2状態になった際に第3領域の光量が増加されていない状態になる場合と比べて、第3領域の光量が変化する頻度を低減し得る。従って、運転者が配光パターンの変化に煩わしさを覚えることを抑制し得る。 Even if the second threshold is exceeded and the second state is entered, the second state may soon be discontinued. According to the control device CO, program, and vehicle headlamp 1 of the present embodiment as the fourth to ninth aspects, the light amount of the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions remains increased until the second period has elapsed since the second state is entered, and if the second state is entered when the second period has elapsed, the light amount of the third region is not increased. Therefore, the frequency with which the light amount of the third region changes can be reduced compared to when the light amount of the third region is not increased when the second state is entered. This can prevent the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in the light distribution pattern.

(第4実施形態)
 次に、本発明の第4から第9の態様としての第4実施形態について詳細に説明する。なお、第3実施形態と同一又は同等の構成要素については、特に説明する場合を除き、同一の参照符号を付して重複する説明は省略する。
Fourth Embodiment
Next, a fourth embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail as the fourth to ninth aspects. Note that, unless otherwise specified, the same or equivalent components as those in the third embodiment are given the same reference numerals and the duplicated description will be omitted.

 本実施形態では、複数の先行車及び複数の対向車が車両100の前方に位置する状況でのADB配光パターンが、第3実施形態のADB配光パターンと異なる。 In this embodiment, the ADB light distribution pattern in a situation where multiple preceding vehicles and multiple oncoming vehicles are located in front of the vehicle 100 differs from the ADB light distribution pattern in the third embodiment.

 図16は、本実施形態におけるADB配光パターンの一例を図12と同様に示す図である。図16に示す状況は、図12に示す状況と同様であり、三つの先行車LV1,LV2,LV3及び二つの対向車OV1,OV2が車両100の前方に位置する状況である。また、先行車用の組LVSにおいて互いに隣り合う第1領域に対する第1方向D1と第2方向D2とのなす角θ、及び対向車用の組OVSにおいて互いに隣り合う第1領域に対する第1方向D1と第2方向D2とのなす角θの状態は、第1閾値以下である第1状態である。 FIG. 16 is a diagram similar to FIG. 12, showing an example of an ADB light distribution pattern in this embodiment. The situation shown in FIG. 16 is similar to the situation shown in FIG. 12, in which three preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3 and two oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2 are located in front of the vehicle 100. In addition, the angle θ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 for the adjacent first regions in the preceding vehicle group LVS, and the angle θ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 for the adjacent first regions in the oncoming vehicle group OVS are in a first state that is equal to or less than a first threshold value.

 第3実施形態では、ADB配光パターンP3では、先行車用の組LVSにおける第3領域63a,63bと対向車用の組OVSにおける第3領域63cとの光量が増加された。しかし、図16に示すように、本実施形態のADB配光パターンP6において、光量が増加される第3領域は、先行車用の組LVSにおける第3領域63a,63bであり、対向車用の組OVSにおける第3領域63cを含まない。つまり、制御装置COは、先行車用の組LVSにおける第3領域63a,63bの光量が増加され、対向車用の組OVSにおける第3領域63cの光量が、先行車LV1,LV2,LV3及び対向車OV1,OV2が車両100の前方に位置しない場合から変化しないように、灯具ユニット10を制御する。 In the third embodiment, in the ADB light distribution pattern P3, the light intensity is increased in the third regions 63a and 63b in the group LVS for preceding vehicles and in the third region 63c in the group OVS for oncoming vehicles. However, as shown in FIG. 16, in the ADB light distribution pattern P6 of this embodiment, the third region in which the light intensity is increased is the third regions 63a and 63b in the group LVS for preceding vehicles, and does not include the third region 63c in the group OVS for oncoming vehicles. In other words, the control device CO controls the lamp unit 10 so that the light intensity of the third regions 63a and 63b in the group LVS for preceding vehicles is increased and the light intensity of the third region 63c in the group OVS for oncoming vehicles does not change from the case in which the preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, and LV3 and the oncoming vehicles OV1 and OV2 are not located in front of the vehicle 100.

 先行車LV1,LV2,LV3は車両100に対して相対的に移動し難い傾向にあり、対向車OV1,OV2は車両100に対して相対的に移動し易い傾向にある。このため、対向車OV1,OV2と重なる第1領域61d,61eは、移動し易い傾向にあり、対向車用の組OVSにおける上記の第3領域63cの形状は変化し易い傾向にある。このため、本実施形態の制御装置CO、プログラム、及び車両用前照灯1によれば、第3領域63cの形状の変化を抑制し得、運転者が配光パターンの変化に煩わしさを覚えることを抑制し得る。 The preceding vehicles LV1, LV2, LV3 tend to be difficult to move relative to the vehicle 100, while the oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2 tend to be easy to move relative to the vehicle 100. For this reason, the first regions 61d, 61e that overlap with the oncoming vehicles OV1, OV2 tend to be easy to move, and the shape of the above-mentioned third region 63c in the oncoming vehicle set OVS tends to change easily. For this reason, according to the control device CO, program, and vehicle headlamp 1 of this embodiment, it is possible to suppress changes in the shape of the third region 63c, and to suppress the driver from feeling annoyed by changes in the light distribution pattern.

 なお、ADB配光パターンP6において、先行車用の組LVSにおける第3領域63a,63b及び対向車用の組OVSにおける第3領域63cの少なくとも一方の光量が増加されてもよい。このため、対向車用の組OVSにおける第3領域63cの光量が増加され、先行車用の組LVSにおける第3領域63a,63bの光量が増加されなくてもよい。つまり、制御装置COは、先行車用の組LVS及び対向車用の組OVSの一方における第3領域の光量を増加させ、他方における第3領域の光量が、先行車及び対向車が車両100の前方に位置しない場合から変化しないように、灯具ユニット10を制御してもよい。 In addition, in the ADB light distribution pattern P6, the light intensity of at least one of the third regions 63a, 63b in the group LVS for the preceding vehicle and the third region 63c in the group OVS for the oncoming vehicle may be increased. Therefore, the light intensity of the third region 63c in the group OVS for the oncoming vehicle may be increased, and the light intensity of the third regions 63a, 63b in the group LVS for the preceding vehicle may not be increased. In other words, the control device CO may control the lamp unit 10 to increase the light intensity of the third region in one of the group LVS for the preceding vehicle and the group OVS for the oncoming vehicle, and to keep the light intensity of the third region in the other group unchanged from when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle 100.

(第5実施形態)
 次に、本発明の第4から第9の態様としての第5実施形態について詳細に説明する。なお、第3実施形態と同一又は同等の構成要素については、特に説明する場合を除き、同一の参照符号を付して重複する説明は省略する。
Fifth Embodiment
Next, a fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail as the fourth to ninth aspects. Note that, unless otherwise specified, the same or equivalent components as those in the third embodiment are given the same reference numerals and the duplicated description will be omitted.

 本実施形態では、制御装置COにおける第3領域の光量を変化させる処理の動作は、図10に示す第2実施形態の当該動作と同じであり、当該動作の説明については省略する。 In this embodiment, the operation of the process of changing the light amount in the third region in the control device CO is the same as that in the second embodiment shown in FIG. 10, and a description of that operation will be omitted.

 図17は、本実施形態のADB配光パターンの一例を図12と同様に示す図である。図17に示す状況は、隣り合う一対の第1領域61a,61cに対応する上記のなす角θの状態のみが、第2閾値より大きい第2状態になった状況である。また、図17において、一対の第1領域61a,61cが重なる二つの先行車LV1,LV3のうち一方の先行車LV1及び車両100を通る鉛直面75が一点鎖線で示されている。図17に示すように、鉛直面75は、他方の先行車LV3と交わっている。そして、一対の第1領域61a,61cに対応する上記のなす角θが第2状態であっても、先行車用の組LVSにおける第3領域63bの光量は増加した状態に維持される。つまり、制御装置COは、灯具ユニット10を制御し、第3領域63bの光量が維持されるようにする。 17 is a diagram similar to FIG. 12 showing an example of the ADB light distribution pattern of this embodiment. The situation shown in FIG. 17 is a situation in which only the state of the angle θ corresponding to the pair of adjacent first regions 61a, 61c is in the second state greater than the second threshold value. Also, in FIG. 17, a vertical plane 75 passing through one of the two preceding vehicles LV1, LV3 where the pair of first regions 61a, 61c overlap and the vehicle 100 is shown by a dashed line. As shown in FIG. 17, the vertical plane 75 intersects with the other preceding vehicle LV3. And even if the angle θ corresponding to the pair of first regions 61a, 61c is in the second state, the light amount of the third region 63b in the preceding vehicle group LVS is maintained in an increased state. In other words, the control device CO controls the lamp unit 10 so that the light amount of the third region 63b is maintained.

 特定の隣り合う第1領域が重なる二つの他車両のうち一方の他車両及び車両100を通る鉛直面75と、他方の他車両とが交わる場合、例えば、図17に示すように一方が平地から登り坂に入る手前に位置し他方が登り坂に位置する状況である。或いは、一方が下り坂から平地に入る手前に位置し他方が平地に位置する状況である。このような状況では、例えば、ある程度時間が経過して両方が登り坂に位置すると、第1方向D1と第2方向D2とのなす角θは変化し難くなり、車両100が登り坂に位置すると、当該なす角θは小さくなる傾向にある。また、ある程度時間が経過して両方が平地に位置すると、なす角θは変化し難くなり、車両100が平地に位置すると、当該なす角θは小さくなる傾向にある。つまり、これらの状況では、上記のなす角θが大きくても当該なす角θが小さくなり易い。従って、本実施家形態の制御装置CO、プログラム、及び車両用前照灯1によれば、このような状況において、第3領域63bの光量が増加するようにし得、エネルギー消費量の増大を抑制しつつ視認性の低下を抑制し得る。 When a vertical plane 75 passing through one of two vehicles and vehicle 100, whose specific adjacent first regions overlap, intersects with the other vehicle, for example, as shown in FIG. 17, one vehicle is located just before entering an uphill slope from flat ground and the other vehicle is located on an uphill slope. Alternatively, one vehicle is located just before entering flat ground from a downhill slope and the other vehicle is located on flat ground. In such a situation, for example, when a certain amount of time has passed and both vehicles are located on an uphill slope, the angle θ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 becomes difficult to change, and when vehicle 100 is located on an uphill slope, the angle θ tends to become smaller. Also, when a certain amount of time has passed and both vehicles are located on flat ground, the angle θ becomes difficult to change, and when vehicle 100 is located on flat ground, the angle θ tends to become smaller. In other words, in these situations, even if the angle θ is large, the angle θ tends to become small. Therefore, according to the control device CO, program, and vehicle headlamp 1 of this embodiment, in such a situation, the amount of light in the third region 63b can be increased, and the decrease in visibility can be suppressed while suppressing the increase in energy consumption.

(第6実施形態)
 次に、本発明の第4から第9の態様としての第6実施形態について詳細に説明する。なお、第3実施形態と同一又は同等の構成要素については、特に説明する場合を除き、同一の参照符号を付して重複する説明は省略する。
Sixth Embodiment
Next, a sixth embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail as the fourth to ninth aspects. Note that, unless otherwise specified, the same or equivalent components as those in the third embodiment are given the same reference numerals and the duplicated description will be omitted.

 本実施形態では、制御装置COにおける第3領域の光量を変化させる処理の動作が第1実施形態の当該動作と異なる。 In this embodiment, the operation of the process of changing the light amount in the third region in the control device CO differs from that in the first embodiment.

 図18は、本実施形態の制御装置COにおける第3領域の光量を変化させる処理の動作を示すフローチャートである。図18に示すように、本実施形態では、制御装置COの第3領域の光量を変化させる動作は、SP22,SP23,SP26~SP32に替わって、ステップSP42,SP43,SP46~SP52を備える点において、第3実施形態の当該動作と異なる。このため、ステップSP42,SP43,SP46~SP52について説明し、ステップSP21,SP24,SP25については、説明を省略する。 FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing the operation of the process of changing the light amount in the third region in the control device CO of this embodiment. As shown in FIG. 18, in this embodiment, the operation of changing the light amount in the third region of the control device CO differs from that of the third embodiment in that it includes steps SP42, SP43, SP46 to SP52 instead of SP22, SP23, SP26 to SP32. For this reason, steps SP42, SP43, SP46 to SP52 will be explained, and an explanation of steps SP21, SP24, and SP25 will be omitted.

(ステップSP42)
 本ステップは、新たな他車両と当該他車両と重なる第1領域と隣り合う第1領域に重なる他車両との相対速度を取得するステップである。本実施形態では、本ステップにおいて、制御装置COは、検出装置120から入力する他車両に係る情報に基づいて、互いに隣り合う一対の第1領域に対する上記の相対速度を算出する。なお、検出装置120が相対速度を算出し、当該相対速度を示す信号を制御装置COに出力してもよく、この場合、制御装置COは当該信号から相対速度を取得する。
(Step SP42)
This step is a step of acquiring the relative speed between the new vehicle and another vehicle overlapping a first area adjacent to the first area overlapping the new vehicle. In this embodiment, in this step, the control device CO calculates the above-mentioned relative speed with respect to the pair of adjacent first areas based on information related to the other vehicle input from the detection device 120. Note that the detection device 120 may calculate the relative speed and output a signal indicating the relative speed to the control device CO, and in this case, the control device CO acquires the relative speed from the signal.

(ステップSP43)
 本ステップは、ステップSP42で取得した相対速度により、次のステップを異ならせるステップである。本ステップにおいて、制御装置COは、取得した相対速度が第1速度以下である場合、制御フローをステップSP24に進める。なお、以下では、相対速度が第1速度以下である状態を第3状態という。また、制御装置COは、取得した相対速度が第1速度より大きい場合、つまり、第3状態でない場合、制御フローをステップSP25に進める。この第3状態でない場合には、相対速度が第1速度以上である第2速度より大きい第4状態、第3及び第4状態ではなく、相対速度が第1速度より大きく第2速度以下である場合が含まる。本実施形態では、第1速度は第2速度より大きい。第1速度は、例えば、時速5km以下であり、第2速度は、例えば、時速10km以上であるが、第1速度及び第2速度は制限されない。
(Step SP43)
This step is a step in which the next step is different depending on the relative speed acquired in step SP42. In this step, if the acquired relative speed is equal to or less than the first speed, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP24. In the following, the state in which the relative speed is equal to or less than the first speed is referred to as the third state. In addition, if the acquired relative speed is greater than the first speed, that is, if the state is not the third state, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP25. If the state is not the third state, it includes a fourth state in which the relative speed is greater than the second speed, which is equal to or greater than the first speed, and a case in which the relative speed is greater than the first speed and equal to or less than the second speed, rather than the third and fourth states. In this embodiment, the first speed is greater than the second speed. The first speed is, for example, equal to or less than 5 km per hour, and the second speed is, for example, equal to or more than 10 km per hour, but the first speed and the second speed are not limited.

(ステップSP46)
 本ステップは、ステップSP42と同様に、一対の第1領域に対する相対速度を取得するステップである。本実施形態では、本ステップにおいて、制御装置COは、検出装置120から入力する他車両に係る情報に基づいて相対速度を算出する。
(Step SP46)
In this step, similar to step SP42, the control device CO calculates the relative speed with respect to the pair of first regions based on the information related to the other vehicle input from the detection device 120.

(ステップSP47)
 本ステップは、ステップSP46で取得した相対速度と、メモリMEに記憶される一対の第1領域に対する参照値とにより、次のステップを異ならせるステップである。本ステップにおいて、制御装置COは、参照値が「1」であり、相対速度が第2速度より大きい第4状態である場合、つまり、第1出射状態で第4状態に変化する場合、制御フローをステップSP48に進める。また、制御装置COは、参照値が「1」であり、相対速度が第2速度以下である場合、及び参照値が「2」である場合、制御フローをステップSP50に進める。
(Step SP47)
This step is a step in which the next step is changed depending on the relative velocity acquired in step SP46 and the reference value for the pair of first regions stored in the memory ME. In this step, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP48 when the reference value is "1" and the relative velocity is in the fourth state greater than the second velocity, that is, when the first emission state changes to the fourth state. In addition, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP50 when the reference value is "1" and the relative velocity is equal to or less than the second velocity, or when the reference value is "2".

(ステップSP48)
 本ステップは、ステップSP46から第3期間経過後の一対の第1領域に対する相対速度を取得し、当該相対速度により、次のステップを異ならせるステップである。第3期間は、例えば、0.5秒以上1.0秒以下であるが、制限されない。本実施形態では、本ステップにおいて、制御装置COは、ステップSP46と同様に、相対速度を算出する。そして、制御装置COは、相対速度が第2速度より大きい場合、つまり、ステップSP46から第1期間経過後においても第4状態である場合、制御フローをステップSP49に進める。また、制御装置COは、相対速度が第2速度以下である場合、つまり第4状態でない場合、制御フローをステップSP46に戻す。このため、一対の第1領域に対する第3領域の光量が増加された状態に維持される。
(Step SP48)
This step is a step of acquiring the relative speed for the pair of first regions after the third period has elapsed since step SP46, and changing the next step depending on the relative speed. The third period is, for example, 0.5 seconds or more and 1.0 seconds or less, but is not limited thereto. In this embodiment, in this step, the control device CO calculates the relative speed in the same manner as in step SP46. Then, if the relative speed is greater than the second speed, that is, if the fourth state is still in place after the first period has elapsed since step SP46, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP49. Also, if the relative speed is equal to or less than the second speed, that is, if the fourth state is not in place, the control device CO returns the control flow to step SP46. Therefore, the light amount of the third region relative to the pair of first regions is maintained in an increased state.

(ステップSP49)
 本ステップは、第3領域を、第2出射状態に変化させるステップである。本ステップにおいて、制御装置COは、第3領域の光量が他車両が車両100の前方に位置しない場合における当該第3領域の光量に戻るように、灯具ユニット10を制御する。こうして、第1出射状態で第4状態に変化してから第3期間経過した際に第4状態である場合に、一対の第1領域に対する第3領域は第2出射状態になる。また、第1出射状態で第4状態に変化してから第1期間経過するまでは、第3領域は第1出射状態に維持され、第3領域の光量は増加したままである。また、制御装置COは、メモリMEに記憶される参照値を、第2出射状態であることを示す「2」に書き換える。本ステップの後、制御装置COは、制御フローをステップSP46に戻す。
(Step SP49)
This step is a step of changing the third region to the second emission state. In this step, the control device CO controls the lamp unit 10 so that the light amount of the third region returns to the light amount of the third region when another vehicle is not located in front of the vehicle 100. In this way, when the fourth state is reached after the third period has elapsed since the first emission state was changed to the fourth state, the third region for the pair of first regions is in the second emission state. Furthermore, until the first period has elapsed since the first emission state was changed to the fourth state, the third region is maintained in the first emission state, and the light amount of the third region remains increased. Furthermore, the control device CO rewrites the reference value stored in the memory ME to "2", which indicates the second emission state. After this step, the control device CO returns the control flow to step SP46.

(ステップSP50)
 本ステップは、ステップSP46で取得した相対速度と、メモリMEに記憶される参照値とにより、次のステップを異ならせるステップである。本ステップにおいて、制御装置COは、参照値が「2」であり、相対速度が第1速度以下である場合、つまり、第2出射状態で第3状態に変化する場合、制御フローをステップSP51に進める。また、制御装置COは、参照値が「1」であり、相対速度が第2速度以下である場合、及び参照値が「2」であり、相対速度が第1速度より大きい場合、制御フローをステップSP46に戻す。このため、第1出射状態で第4状態でない場合には、一対の第1領域に対する第3領域は増加したままに維持される。また、第2出射状態で第3状態でない場合には、一対の第1領域に対する第3領域の光量は増加されていない状態に維持される。
(Step SP50)
This step is a step in which the next step is made different depending on the relative speed acquired in step SP46 and the reference value stored in the memory ME. In this step, when the reference value is "2" and the relative speed is equal to or less than the first speed, that is, when the second emission state changes to the third state, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP51. Also, when the reference value is "1" and the relative speed is equal to or less than the second speed, and when the reference value is "2" and the relative speed is greater than the first speed, the control device CO returns the control flow to step SP46. Therefore, when the first emission state is not the fourth state, the third region relative to the pair of first regions is maintained as increased. Also, when the second emission state is not the third state, the light amount of the third region relative to the pair of first regions is maintained in an unincreased state.

(ステップSP51)
 本ステップは、ステップSP46から第4期間経過後の相対速度を取得し、当該相対速度により、次のステップを異ならせるステップである。第4期間は、例えば、0.5秒以上1.0秒以下であるが、制限されない。第4期間は第3期間と同じであっても異なっていてもよい。本実施形態では、本ステップにおいて、制御装置COは、ステップSP46と同様に、相対速度を算出する。そして、制御装置COは、取得した相対速度が第1速度以下である場合、つまり、ステップSP46から第4期間経過後においても第3状態である場合、制御フローをステップSP52に進める。また、制御装置COは、取得した相対速度が第1速度より大きい場合、つまり第3状態でない場合、制御フローをステップSP46に戻す。このため、一対の第1領域に対する第3領域の光量が増加されていない状態に維持される。
(Step SP51)
This step is a step of acquiring the relative speed after the fourth period has elapsed since step SP46, and changing the next step depending on the relative speed. The fourth period is, for example, 0.5 seconds or more and 1.0 seconds or less, but is not limited thereto. The fourth period may be the same as or different from the third period. In this embodiment, in this step, the control device CO calculates the relative speed in the same manner as in step SP46. Then, if the acquired relative speed is equal to or less than the first speed, that is, if the state is the third state even after the fourth period has elapsed since step SP46, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP52. Also, if the acquired relative speed is greater than the first speed, that is, if the state is not the third state, the control device CO returns the control flow to step SP46. Therefore, the light amount of the third region relative to the pair of first regions is maintained in a state in which it is not increased.

(ステップSP52)
 本ステップは、第3領域を、第1出射状態に変化させるステップである。本ステップにおいて、第3領域の光量が先行車及び対向車が車両100の前方に位置しない場合と比べて増加するように、灯具ユニット10を制御する。こうして、第2出射状態で第3状態に変化してから第3期間経過した際に第3状態である場合に、一対の第1領域に対する第3領域は第1出射状態になる。また、第2出射状態で第3状態に変化してから第3期間経過するまでは、第3領域は第2出射状態に維持され、第3領域の光量は増加されていないままである。また、制御装置COは、メモリMEに記憶される参照値を、第1出射状態であることを示す「1」に書き換える。本ステップの後、制御装置COは、制御フローをステップSP46に戻す。
(Step SP52)
This step is a step of changing the third region to the first emission state. In this step, the lamp unit 10 is controlled so that the amount of light in the third region is increased compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle 100. In this way, when the third state is reached after the third period has elapsed since the second emission state was changed to the third state, the third region for the pair of first regions is in the first emission state. Furthermore, until the third period has elapsed since the second emission state was changed to the third state, the third region is maintained in the second emission state, and the amount of light in the third region remains unincreased. Furthermore, the control device CO rewrites the reference value stored in the memory ME to "1", which indicates the first emission state. After this step, the control device CO returns the control flow to step SP46.

 このようにして、本実施形態の車両用前照灯1では、互いに隣り合う一対の第1領域に対する相対速度に応じて、ADB配光パターンが変化する。 In this way, in the vehicle headlamp 1 of this embodiment, the ADB light distribution pattern changes depending on the relative speed with respect to a pair of adjacent first regions.

 第3領域を光量が増加された第1出射状態にする仕方、及び第3領域を光量が増加されていない第2出射状態にする仕方は制限されるものではない。例えば、第3領域を第2出射状態にする場合、第3領域の光量が時間の経過と共に減少して、ハイビームの配光パターンPHにおける当該第3領域の光量になってもよく、第3領域の光量が瞬時に減少してハイビームの配光パターンPHにおける当該第3領域の光量になってもよい。また、第3領域を第1出射状態にする場合、第3領域の光量が時間の経過と共に増加して所定量になってもよく、第3領域の光量が瞬時に増加して所定量になってもよい。 There are no limitations on the manner in which the third region is put into the first emission state in which the amount of light is increased, and the manner in which the third region is put into the second emission state in which the amount of light is not increased. For example, when putting the third region into the second emission state, the amount of light in the third region may decrease over time to become the amount of light in the third region in the high beam light distribution pattern PH, or the amount of light in the third region may decrease instantaneously to become the amount of light in the third region in the high beam light distribution pattern PH. Also, when putting the third region into the first emission state, the amount of light in the third region may increase over time to a predetermined amount, or the amount of light in the third region may increase instantaneously to a predetermined amount.

 第4及び第7の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置COは、先行車用の組LVS及び対向車用の組OVSにおいて、互いに隣り合う一対の第1領域の一方と重なる先行車または対向車と、一対の第1領域の他方と重なる先行車または対向車との相対速度が第1速度以下である第3状態では、一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量を増加させるように、灯具ユニット10を制御する。また、本実施形態の制御装置COは、一対の第1領域に対する相対速度が第1速度以上である第2速度より大きい第4状態では、一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量を増加させないように、灯具ユニット10を制御する。 The control device CO of this embodiment as the fourth and seventh aspects controls the lamp unit 10 to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions in a third state in which the relative speed between a preceding vehicle or oncoming vehicle overlapping one of a pair of adjacent first regions and a preceding vehicle or oncoming vehicle overlapping the other of the pair of first regions is equal to or less than a first speed in the preceding vehicle set LVS and the oncoming vehicle set OVS. Also, the control device CO of this embodiment controls the lamp unit 10 not to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions in a fourth state in which the relative speed to the pair of first regions is greater than a second speed that is equal to or greater than the first speed.

 相対速度が大きいほど、隣り合う一対の第1領域の距離が変化し易い。接続領域は、上記のように、第2領域に接続されるため、一対の第1領域の距離が変化するとこの接続領域を含む第3領域の形状が変化する。第4から第9の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置CO、プログラム、及び車両用前照灯1では、第4状態、つまり、一対の第1領域の距離が変化し易い場合には、当該一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量が増加されない。このため、相対速度によらずに一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量を増加する場合と比べて、第3領域の形状の変化を抑制し得、運転者が配光パターンの変化に煩わしさを覚えることを抑制し得る。 The greater the relative speed, the easier it is for the distance between a pair of adjacent first regions to change. Because the connection region is connected to the second region as described above, when the distance between the pair of first regions changes, the shape of the third region including this connection region changes. In the control device CO, program, and vehicle headlamp 1 of the present embodiment as the fourth to ninth aspects, in the fourth state, that is, when the distance between the pair of first regions is easy to change, the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions is not increased. Therefore, compared to when the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions is increased regardless of the relative speed, it is possible to suppress changes in the shape of the third region, and to suppress the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in the light distribution pattern.

 また、第4及び第7の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置COは、一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量を増加させない状態で第3状態になってから第3期間経過するまでは、一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量を増加させないように、灯具ユニット10を制御する。また、本実施形態の制御装置COは、第3期間経過した際に第3状態である場合には、一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量を増加させるように、灯具ユニット10を制御する。 The control device CO of the present embodiment as the fourth and seventh aspects controls the lighting unit 10 so as not to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions until the third period has elapsed since the third state was entered without increasing the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions. The control device CO of the present embodiment also controls the lighting unit 10 to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions if the third state is reached after the third period has elapsed.

 第1速度を超えて第3状態になった際の相対速度は、第1速度に近い値である。このため、第3状態になってもすぐに第3状態でなくなることがある。上記の構成によれば、第3状態になって第3期間経過するまでは、一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量が増加せず、第3期間経過した際に第3状態である場合には、この接続領域を含む第3領域の光量が増加する。このため、第3状態になった際に上記の接続領域を含む第3領域の光量が増加する場合と比べて、上記の第3領域の光量が変化する頻度を低減し得る。従って、運転者が配光パターンの変化に煩わしさを覚えることを抑制し得る。 The relative speed when the first speed is exceeded and the third state is reached is a value close to the first speed. Therefore, even if the third state is reached, the third state may soon be lost. With the above configuration, the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions does not increase until the third period has elapsed since the third state is reached, and if the third state is reached after the third period has elapsed, the amount of light in the third region including this connection region increases. Therefore, the frequency with which the amount of light in the third region changes can be reduced compared to when the amount of light in the third region including the connection region increases when the third state is reached. This can prevent the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in the light distribution pattern.

 また、第4及び第7の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置COは、一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量が増加する状態で第4状態になってから第4期間経過するまでは、一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量を増加させるように、灯具ユニットを制御する。また、本実施形態の制御装置COは、第4期間経過した際に第4状態である場合には、一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量を増加させないように、灯具ユニット10を制御する。 The control device CO of the present embodiment as the fourth and seventh aspects controls the lighting unit to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions until the fourth period has elapsed since the fourth state is reached in a state in which the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions is increasing. The control device CO of the present embodiment also controls the lighting unit 10 not to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions if the fourth state is reached after the fourth period has elapsed.

 第2速度を超えて第4状態になってもすぐに第4状態でなくなることがある。上記の構成によれば、第4状態になって第4期間経過するまでは、一対の第1領域に対する接続領域を含む第3領域の光量が増加したままであり、第4期間経過した際に第4状態である場合には、この第3領域の光量が増加されていない状態となる。このため、第4状態になった際に上記の第3領域の光量が増加されていない状態となる場合と比べて、上記の第3領域の光量が変化する頻度を低減し得る。従って、運転者が配光パターンの変化に煩わしさを覚えることを抑制し得る。 Even if the second speed is exceeded and the fourth state is entered, the fourth state may soon be discontinued. With the above configuration, the light amount of the third region, including the connection region to the pair of first regions, remains increased until the fourth period has elapsed since the fourth state is entered, and if the fourth state is entered when the fourth period has elapsed, the light amount of this third region is not increased. Therefore, the frequency with which the light amount of the third region changes can be reduced compared to when the light amount of the third region is not increased when the fourth state is entered. This can therefore suppress the driver from feeling annoyed by the change in the light distribution pattern.

 なお、第4及び第7の態様としての本実施形態の制御装置COにおける第3領域の光量を変化させる処理の動作は、第5実施形態におけるステップSP35を更に備えてもよい。この場合、ステップSP35は、ステップSP48において、特定の隣り合う第1領域に対応する相対速度がステップSP46から第3期間経過後においても第4状態である場合に、行われる。そして、制御装置COは、隣り合う一対の第1領域が重なる他車両のうち一方の他車両及び車両100を通る鉛直面75と、他方の他車両とが交わらない場合、制御フローをステップSP49に進める。また、制御装置COは、一対の第1領域が重なる他車両のうち一方の他車両及び車両100を通る鉛直面75と、他方の他車両とが交わる場合、制御フローをステップSP46に戻す。 The operation of the process of changing the light amount of the third region in the control device CO of the present embodiment as the fourth and seventh aspects may further include step SP35 in the fifth embodiment. In this case, step SP35 is performed if, in step SP48, the relative speed corresponding to a specific adjacent first region is still in the fourth state even after the third period has elapsed since step SP46. Then, if the vertical plane 75 passing through one of the other vehicles and vehicle 100 of the pair of adjacent first regions overlapping does not intersect with the other other vehicle, the control device CO advances the control flow to step SP49. Also, if the vertical plane 75 passing through one of the other vehicles and vehicle 100 of the pair of adjacent first regions overlapping intersects with the other other vehicle, the control device CO returns the control flow to step SP46.

 なお、本発明の第4から第9の態様について、第3から第6実施形態を例に説明したが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。 Note that while the fourth to ninth aspects of the present invention have been described using the third to sixth embodiments as examples, the present invention is not limited to these.

 例えば、制御装置COにおける第3領域の光量を変化させる処理の動作は、制限されるものではない。例えば、ステップSP28,SP31,SP48,SP51を備えなくてもよい。また、上記実施形態では、所定の要件として第1方向D1と第2方向D2のなす角θや相対速度が挙げられた。しかし、所定の要件とは無関係に、第3領域の光量を増加させてもよい。また、第3から第6実施形態では、第2出射状態は、先行車及び対向車が車両100の前方に位置しない場合と比べて第3領域の光量が増加されておらず、当該第3領域の光量が先行車及び対向車が車両100の前方に位置しない場合と同じである状態であった。しかし、第2出射状態は、先行車及び対向車が車両100の前方に位置しない場合と比べて第3領域の光量が増加されていない状態であればよく、例えば、先行車及び対向車が車両100の前方に位置しない場合と比べて第3領域の少なくとも一部の光量が減少された状態でもよい。 For example, the operation of the process of changing the light amount of the third region in the control device CO is not limited. For example, steps SP28, SP31, SP48, and SP51 may not be included. In the above embodiment, the angle θ between the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 and the relative speed are given as the predetermined requirements. However, the light amount of the third region may be increased regardless of the predetermined requirements. In the third to sixth embodiments, the second emission state is a state in which the light amount of the third region is not increased compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not positioned in front of the vehicle 100, and the light amount of the third region is the same as when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not positioned in front of the vehicle 100. However, the second emission state may be a state in which the light amount of the third region is not increased compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not positioned in front of the vehicle 100, and may be a state in which the light amount of at least a part of the third region is reduced compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not positioned in front of the vehicle 100.

 また、第3から第6実施形態では、ハイビームの配光パターンPHにおいて、第1領域、第2領域、及び第3領域の光量が変化される例を説明した。しかし、第1領域、第2領域、及び第3領域の光量が変化される配光パターンは制限されるものではない。例えば、この配光パターンは、ロービームの配光パターンに付加されることでハイビームの配光パターンを形成する付加配光パターンであってもよい。この場合、例えば、ロービームは灯具ユニット10とは別の灯具ユニットから出射され、灯具ユニット10は付加配光パターンの光を出射する。 Furthermore, in the third to sixth embodiments, an example has been described in which the amount of light in the first, second, and third regions is changed in the high beam light distribution pattern PH. However, the light distribution pattern in which the amount of light in the first, second, and third regions is changed is not limited. For example, this light distribution pattern may be an additional light distribution pattern that forms a high beam light distribution pattern by being added to a low beam light distribution pattern. In this case, for example, the low beam is emitted from a lamp unit separate from the lamp unit 10, and the lamp unit 10 emits light of the additional light distribution pattern.

 また、第3から第6実施形態では、出射する光の光量を個別に変更可能な複数の発光素子13を有する光源部12を例に説明した。しかし、光源部12は、制限されるものではない。例えば、光源部12は、マトリックス状に配列される複数の反射素子を含むDMDと当該DMDに光を照射する発光部とを有していてもよい。 Furthermore, in the third to sixth embodiments, the light source unit 12 has a plurality of light-emitting elements 13 that can individually change the amount of light emitted. However, the light source unit 12 is not limited to this. For example, the light source unit 12 may have a DMD that includes a plurality of reflecting elements arranged in a matrix and a light-emitting unit that irradiates light onto the DMD.

 また、第3から第6実施形態では、制御装置CO及びメモリMEを備える一対の車両用前照灯1を含む車両100を例に説明した。しかし、制御装置CO及びメモリMEの少なくとも一方は、一対の車両用前照灯1において共有されてもよい。また、検出装置120から出力される信号は、車両100のECU101を介さずに制御装置COに入力されもよい。また、車両用前照灯1が備えられる車両は、例えば二輪車であってもよい。また、車両が備える車両用前照灯1の数は、制限されず、例えば1つでもよい。 Furthermore, in the third to sixth embodiments, the vehicle 100 including a pair of vehicle headlights 1 each having a control device CO and a memory ME has been described as an example. However, at least one of the control device CO and the memory ME may be shared by the pair of vehicle headlights 1. Furthermore, the signal output from the detection device 120 may be input to the control device CO without passing through the ECU 101 of the vehicle 100. Furthermore, the vehicle equipped with the vehicle headlight 1 may be, for example, a two-wheeled vehicle. Furthermore, the number of vehicle headlights 1 equipped on the vehicle is not limited and may be, for example, one.

 本発明の第1から第3の態様によれば、エネルギー消費量の増大を抑制しつつ視認性の低下を抑制し得る灯具ユニットの制御装置、プログラム、及び車両用前照灯が提供され、自動車等の車両用前照灯などの分野において利用可能である。また、本発明の第4から第9の態様によれば、視認性の低下を抑制しつつ運転者が配光パターンの変化に煩わしさを覚えることを抑制し得る灯具ユニットの制御装置、プログラム、及び車両用前照灯が提供され、自動車等の車両用前照灯などの分野において利用可能である。 According to the first to third aspects of the present invention, a lighting unit control device, program, and vehicle headlamp are provided that can suppress a decrease in visibility while suppressing an increase in energy consumption, and can be used in fields such as vehicle headlamp for automobiles, etc. Furthermore, according to the fourth to ninth aspects of the present invention, a lighting unit control device, program, and vehicle headlamp are provided that can suppress a decrease in visibility while suppressing annoyance felt by the driver due to changes in the light distribution pattern, and can be used in fields such as vehicle headlamp for automobiles, etc.

Claims (21)

 車両の前方に位置する所定の対象物を検出する検出装置から信号が入力され、出射する光の配光パターンを変更可能な灯具ユニットの制御装置であって、
 複数の前記所定の対象物が前記車両の前方に位置する状態では、前記所定の対象物が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記配光パターンのうち、前記所定の対象物の少なくとも一部と重なる複数の第1領域の光量を減少させ、前記第1領域を個別に囲う複数の第2領域の光量を増加させると共に、
  互いに隣り合う一対の前記第1領域の一方と重なる前記所定の対象物に前記車両から向かう第1方向と、前記一対の第1領域の他方と重なる前記所定の対象物に前記車両から向かう第2方向とのなす角が第1閾値以下である第1状態では、前記一対の前記第1領域を囲うそれぞれの前記第2領域に接続され前記一対の前記第1領域に挟まれる接続領域を含む第3領域の光量を増加させるように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力し、
  前記一対の第1領域に対する前記第1方向と前記第2方向とのなす角が前記第1閾値以上である第2閾値より大きい第2状態では、前記第3領域の光量を増加させないように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力する
ことを特徴とする灯具ユニットの制御装置。
A control device for a lighting unit that receives a signal from a detection device that detects a predetermined object located in front of a vehicle and can change a light distribution pattern of emitted light,
In a state where a plurality of the predetermined objects are located in front of the vehicle, the light amount of a plurality of first regions that overlap at least a portion of the predetermined objects in the light distribution pattern is reduced, and the light amount of a plurality of second regions that individually surround the first regions is increased, compared to a case where the predetermined objects are not located in front of the vehicle.
In a first state in which an angle between a first direction from the vehicle toward the predetermined object overlapping one of a pair of adjacent first regions and a second direction from the vehicle toward the predetermined object overlapping the other of the pair of first regions is equal to or smaller than a first threshold value, a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit is output so as to increase the amount of light of a third region including a connection region that is connected to each of the second regions surrounding the pair of first regions and is sandwiched between the pair of first regions;
A control device for a lighting unit, characterized in that in a second state in which the angle between the first direction and the second direction for the pair of first regions is greater than a second threshold value that is greater than or equal to the first threshold value, a signal capable of controlling the lighting unit so as not to increase the amount of light in the third region is output.
 前記第2閾値は、前記第1閾値より大きい
ことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の灯具ユニットの制御装置。
The control device for a lighting unit according to claim 1 , wherein the second threshold value is greater than the first threshold value.
 前記第3領域は、前記一対の第1領域を囲う最小の矩形枠内における前記第1領域及び前記第2領域以外の全てを含む
ことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の灯具ユニットの制御装置。
2. The lighting unit control device according to claim 1, wherein the third region includes everything other than the first region and the second region within a minimum rectangular frame that surrounds the pair of first regions.
 複数の前記第1領域において減少する光量の合計と、複数の前記第2領域、及び前記第3領域において増加する光量の合計とが同じである
ことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の灯具ユニットの制御装置。
2. The lighting unit control device according to claim 1, wherein a total of the amounts of light that decrease in the first regions is equal to a total of the amounts of light that increase in the second regions and the third regions.
 前記所定の対象物が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて前記第3領域の光量を増加させない状態で前記第1状態になってから第1期間経過するまでは、前記第3領域の光量を増加させないようにし、前記第1期間経過した際に前記第1状態である場合に、前記所定の対象物が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて前記第3領域の光量を増加させるように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力する
ことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の灯具ユニットの制御装置。
The control device for a lighting unit as described in claim 1, characterized in that the amount of light in the third area is not increased until a first period has elapsed since the first state is entered in a state in which the amount of light in the third area is not increased compared to when the specified object is not located in front of the vehicle, and a signal is output that can control the lighting unit so that, when the first state is entered after the first period has elapsed, the amount of light in the third area is increased compared to when the specified object is not located in front of the vehicle.
 前記所定の対象物が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて前記第3領域の光量を増加させた状態で前記第2状態になってから第2期間経過するまでは、前記第3領域の光量を増加させるようにし、前記第2期間経過した際に前記第2状態である場合に、前記所定の対象物が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて前記第3領域の光量を増加させないように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力する
ことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の灯具ユニットの制御装置。
The control device for a lamp unit as described in claim 1, characterized in that the control device outputs a signal that can control the lamp unit so that the amount of light in the third area is increased compared to when the specified object is not located in front of the vehicle until a second period has elapsed since the second state is entered and the amount of light in the third area is increased compared to when the specified object is not located in front of the vehicle, and when the second state is entered after the second period has elapsed, the control device for a lamp unit outputs a signal that can control the lamp unit so that the amount of light in the third area is not increased compared to when the specified object is not located in front of the vehicle.
 前記検出装置は前記所定の対象物として他車両を検出可能であり、
 前記一対の第1領域がそれぞれ重なる前記所定の対象物が前記第2状態となる一対の前記他車両であり、前記車両及び前記一対の他車両の一方を通る鉛直面と、前記一対の他車両の他方とが交わる場合には、前記所定の対象物が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて前記第3領域の光量を増加させるようにし、前記鉛直面と前記一対の他車両の他方とが交わらない場合には、前記所定の対象物が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて前記第3領域の光量を増加させないように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力する
ことを特徴とする請求項1から6のいずれか1項に記載の灯具ユニットの制御装置。
the detection device is capable of detecting another vehicle as the predetermined object,
A control device for a lighting unit as described in any one of claims 1 to 6, characterized in that when the specified object with which the pair of first regions overlap is a pair of other vehicles in the second state, and a vertical plane passing through the vehicle and one of the pair of other vehicles intersects with the other of the pair of other vehicles, a signal capable of controlling the lighting unit is output so that the amount of light in the third region is increased compared to when the specified object is not located in front of the vehicle, and when the vertical plane does not intersect with the other of the pair of other vehicles, the amount of light in the third region is not increased compared to when the specified object is not located in front of the vehicle.
 車両の前方に位置する所定の対象物を検出する検出装置から信号が入力され、出射する光の配光パターンを変更可能な灯具ユニットの制御装置に、
 複数の前記所定の対象物が前記車両の前方に位置する状態では、前記所定の対象物が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記配光パターンのうち、前記所定の対象物の少なくとも一部と重なる複数の第1領域の光量を減少させ、前記第1領域を個別に囲う複数の第2領域の光量を増加させると共に、
  互いに隣り合う一対の前記第1領域の一方と重なる前記所定の対象物に前記車両から向かう第1方向と、前記一対の第1領域の他方と重なる前記所定の対象物に前記車両から向かう第2方向とのなす角が第1閾値以下である第1状態では、前記一対の前記第1領域を囲うそれぞれの前記第2領域に接続され前記一対の前記第1領域に挟まれる接続領域を含む第3領域の光量を増加させるように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力するステップと、
  前記一対の第1領域に対する前記第1方向と前記第2方向とのなす角が前記第1閾値以上である第2閾値より大きい第2状態では、前記第3領域の光量を増加させないように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力するステップと、
を実行させることを特徴とするプログラム。
A control device for a lighting unit that receives a signal from a detection device that detects a predetermined object located in front of a vehicle and can change the light distribution pattern of emitted light.
In a state where a plurality of the predetermined objects are located in front of the vehicle, the light amount of a plurality of first regions that overlap at least a portion of the predetermined objects in the light distribution pattern is reduced, and the light amount of a plurality of second regions that individually surround the first regions is increased, compared to a case where the predetermined objects are not located in front of the vehicle.
outputting a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit so as to increase the amount of light in a third region including a connection region that is connected to each of the second regions surrounding the pair of first regions and is sandwiched between the pair of first regions, in a first state in which an angle formed between a first direction from the vehicle toward the predetermined object overlapping one of the pair of first regions adjacent to each other and a second direction from the vehicle toward the predetermined object overlapping the other of the pair of first regions is equal to or smaller than a first threshold value;
outputting a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit so as not to increase the amount of light in the third region in a second state in which an angle between the first direction and the second direction for the pair of first regions is greater than a second threshold value that is equal to or greater than the first threshold value;
A program characterized by executing the above.
 出射する光の配光パターンを変更可能な灯具ユニットと、
 車両の前方に位置する所定の対象物を検出する検出装置から信号が入力され前記灯具ユニットを制御する制御装置と、
を備え、
 前記制御装置は、
 複数の前記所定の対象物が前記車両の前方に位置する状態では、前記所定の対象物が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記配光パターンのうち、前記所定の対象物の少なくとも一部と重なる複数の第1領域の光量を減少させ、前記第1領域を個別に囲う複数の第2領域の光量を増加させると共に、
  互いに隣り合う一対の前記第1領域の一方と重なる前記所定の対象物に前記車両から向かう第1方向と、前記一対の第1領域の他方と重なる前記所定の対象物に前記車両から向かう第2方向とのなす角が第1閾値以下である第1状態では、前記一対の前記第1領域を囲うそれぞれの前記第2領域に接続され前記一対の前記第1領域に挟まれる接続領域を含む第3領域の光量を増加させるように、前記灯具ユニットを制御し、
  前記一対の第1領域に対する前記第1方向と前記第2方向とのなす角が前記第1閾値以上である第2閾値より大きい第2状態では、前記第3領域の光量を増加させないように、前記灯具ユニットを制御する
ことを特徴とする車両用前照灯。
A lighting unit capable of changing the light distribution pattern of emitted light;
a control device that receives a signal from a detection device that detects a predetermined object located in front of the vehicle and controls the lamp unit;
Equipped with
The control device includes:
In a state where a plurality of the predetermined objects are located in front of the vehicle, the light amount of a plurality of first regions that overlap at least a portion of the predetermined objects in the light distribution pattern is reduced, and the light amount of a plurality of second regions that individually surround the first regions is increased, compared to a case where the predetermined objects are not located in front of the vehicle.
in a first state in which an angle between a first direction from the vehicle toward the predetermined object overlapping one of a pair of adjacent first regions and a second direction from the vehicle toward the predetermined object overlapping the other of the pair of first regions is equal to or smaller than a first threshold value, the lighting unit is controlled to increase the amount of light of a third region including a connection region that is connected to each of the second regions surrounding the pair of first regions and is sandwiched between the pair of first regions;
A vehicle headlamp characterized in that, in a second state in which the angle between the first direction and the second direction for the pair of first regions is greater than a second threshold value that is equal to or greater than the first threshold value, the lighting unit is controlled so as not to increase the amount of light in the third region.
 車両の前方に位置する先行車及び対向車を検出する検出装置から信号が入力され、出射する光の配光パターンを変更可能な灯具ユニットの制御装置であって、
 複数の前記先行車及び複数の前記対向車が車両の前方に位置する状態では、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記配光パターンのうち、前記先行車及び前記対向車の少なくとも一部と重なる複数の第1領域の光量を減少させ、前記第1領域を個別に囲う複数の第2領域の光量を増加させると共に、複数の前記先行車と重なる複数の前記第1領域から成る先行車用の組、及び複数の前記対向車と重なる複数の前記第1領域から成る対向車用の組の少なくとも一方において、互いに隣り合う前記第1領域を囲うそれぞれの前記第2領域に接続され当該互いに隣り合う前記第1領域に挟まれる接続領域を含む第3領域の光量を増加させるように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力し、
 前記先行車と重なる前記第1領域を囲う前記第2領域と前記対向車と重なる前記第1領域を囲う前記第2領域との間には、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合から光量が変化しない非特定領域が位置する
ことを特徴とする灯具ユニットの制御装置。
A control device for a lighting unit that receives a signal from a detection device that detects a preceding vehicle and an oncoming vehicle located in front of a vehicle and can change a light distribution pattern of emitted light,
outputting a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit so that, in a state in which the preceding vehicles and the oncoming vehicles are positioned in front of the vehicle, the amount of light in a plurality of first regions that overlap at least a portion of the preceding vehicles and the oncoming vehicles in the light distribution pattern is reduced and the amount of light in a plurality of second regions that individually surround the first regions is increased, compared to a state in which the preceding vehicles and the oncoming vehicles are not positioned in front of the vehicle; and, in at least one of a preceding vehicle set consisting of the plurality of first regions that overlap the plurality of preceding vehicles and a oncoming vehicle set consisting of the plurality of first regions that overlap the plurality of oncoming vehicles, the amount of light in a third region including a connection region that is connected to each of the second regions that surround adjacent first regions and is sandwiched between the adjacent first regions;
A control device for a lighting unit, characterized in that between the second area surrounding the first area overlapping with the preceding vehicle and the second area surrounding the first area overlapping with the oncoming vehicle, there is a non-specific area in which the amount of light does not change even when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle.
 複数の前記第1領域において減少する光量の合計と、複数の前記第2領域、及び前記第3領域において増加する光量の合計とが同じである
ことを特徴とする請求項10に記載の灯具ユニットの制御装置。
The control device for a lighting unit according to claim 10, characterized in that a total amount of light that decreases in the plurality of first regions is equal to a total amount of light that increases in the plurality of second regions and the plurality of third regions.
 前記先行車用の組及び前記対向車用の組の一方における前記第3領域の光量を増加させ、他方における前記第3領域の光量を増加させないように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力する
ことを特徴とする請求項10または11に記載の灯具ユニットの制御装置。
The control device for a lamp unit as described in claim 10 or 11, characterized in that it outputs a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit so as to increase the amount of light in the third area in one of the pair for the preceding vehicle and the pair for the oncoming vehicle, and not to increase the amount of light in the third area in the other pair.
 前記先行車用の組における前記第3領域の光量を増加させ、前記対向車用の組における前記第3領域の光量を増加させないように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力する
ことを特徴とする請求項12に記載の灯具ユニットの制御装置。
The control device for a lamp unit as described in claim 12, characterized in that it outputs a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit so as to increase the amount of light in the third area in the pair for the preceding vehicle and not to increase the amount of light in the third area in the pair for the oncoming vehicle.
 前記先行車用の組及び前記対向車用の組のうち、前記第3領域の光量が増加される組において、互いに隣り合う一対の前記第1領域の一方と重なる前記先行車または前記対向車に前記車両から向かう第1方向と、前記一対の第1領域の他方と重なる前記先行車または前記対向車に前記車両から向かう第2方向とのなす角が第1閾値以下である第1状態では、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記一対の第1領域に対する前記接続領域を含む前記第3領域の光量を増加させるように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力し、
 前記一対の第1領域に対する前記第1方向と前記第2方向とのなす角が前記第1閾値以上である第2閾値より大きい第2状態では、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記一対の第1領域に対する前記接続領域を含む前記第3領域の光量を増加させないように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力する
ことを特徴とする請求項10に記載の灯具ユニットの制御装置。
in a first state in which an angle formed between a first direction from the vehicle toward the preceding vehicle or the oncoming vehicle that overlaps with one of a pair of adjacent first regions and a second direction from the vehicle toward the preceding vehicle or the oncoming vehicle that overlaps with the other of the pair of first regions is equal to or smaller than a first threshold value, a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit is output to increase the amount of light of the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions, compared to a case in which the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle;
The control device for a lighting unit as described in claim 10, characterized in that in a second state in which the angle between the first direction and the second direction for the pair of first regions is greater than a second threshold value that is equal to or greater than the first threshold value, a signal is output that can control the lighting unit so as not to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region for the pair of first regions, compared to a case in which the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle.
 前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて前記一対の第1領域に対する前記接続領域を含む前記第3領域の光量を増加させない状態で前記第1状態になってから第1期間経過するまでは、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記一対の第1領域に対する前記接続領域を含む前記第3領域の光量を増加させないようにし、前記第1期間経過した際に前記第1状態である場合に、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記一対の第1領域に対する前記接続領域を含む前記第3領域の光量を増加させるように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力する
ことを特徴とする請求項14に記載の灯具ユニットの制御装置。
The control device for a lamp unit as described in claim 14, characterized in that until a first period has elapsed since the first state is entered in a state in which the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions is not increased compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle, the control device outputs a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit so that the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions is not increased compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle, and when the first state is entered after the first period has elapsed, the control device outputs a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit so that the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions is increased compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle.
 前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて前記一対の第1領域に対する前記接続領域を含む前記第3領域の光量を増加させる状態で前記第2状態になってから第2期間経過するまでは、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記一対の第1領域に対する前記接続領域を含む前記第3領域を増加させるようにし、前記第2期間経過した際に前記第2状態である場合に、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記一対の第1領域に対する前記第3領域の光量を増加させないように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力する
ことを特徴とする請求項14または15に記載の灯具ユニットの制御装置。
The control device for a lamp unit as described in claim 14 or 15, characterized in that until a second period has elapsed since the second state is entered in a state in which the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions is increased compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle, a signal is output that can control the lamp unit so that the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions is increased compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle, and when the second state is entered after the second period has elapsed, the amount of light in the third region to the pair of first regions is not increased compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle.
 前記先行車用の組及び前記対向車用の組のうち、前記第3領域の光量が増加される組において、互いに隣り合う一対の前記第1領域の一方と重なる前記先行車または前記対向車と、前記一対の第1領域の他方と重なる前記先行車または前記対向車との相対速度が第1速度以下である第3状態では、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記一対の第1領域に対する前記接続領域を含む前記第3領域の光量を増加させるように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力し、
 前記一対の第1領域に対する前記相対速度が前記第1速度以上である第2速度より大きい第4状態では、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記一対の第1領域に対する前記接続領域を含む前記第3領域の光量を増加させないように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力する
ことを特徴とする請求項10に記載の灯具ユニットの制御装置。
in a third state in which the relative speed between the preceding vehicle or the oncoming vehicle overlapping one of the pair of adjacent first regions and the preceding vehicle or the oncoming vehicle overlapping the other of the pair of first regions is equal to or less than a first speed, among the pair for the preceding vehicle and the pair for the oncoming vehicle, a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit is output so as to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions, compared to a case in which the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not positioned in front of the vehicle,
The control device for a lighting unit as described in claim 10, characterized in that in a fourth state in which the relative speed with respect to the pair of first regions is greater than a second speed which is equal to or greater than the first speed, a signal capable of controlling the lighting unit is output so as not to increase the amount of light in the third region including the connection region with respect to the pair of first regions, compared to a case in which the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not positioned in front of the vehicle.
 前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて前記一対の第1領域に対する前記接続領域を含む前記第3領域の光量を増加させない状態で前記第3状態になってから第3期間経過するまでは、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記一対の第1領域に対する前記接続領域を含む前記第3領域の光量を増加させないようにし、前記第3期間経過した際に前記第3状態である場合に、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記一対の第1領域に対する前記接続領域を含む前記第3領域の光量を増加させるように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力する
ことを特徴とする請求項17に記載の灯具ユニットの制御装置。
The control device for a lamp unit as described in claim 17, characterized in that until a third period has elapsed since the third state is entered in a state in which the amount of light in the third region including the connection region with the pair of first regions is not increased compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle, the control device outputs a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit so that the amount of light in the third region including the connection region with the pair of first regions is not increased compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle, and when the third state is entered after the third period has elapsed, the control device outputs a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit so that the amount of light in the third region including the connection region with the pair of first regions is increased compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle.
 前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて前記一対の第1領域に対する前記接続領域を含む前記第3領域の光量を増加させる状態で前記第4状態になってから第4期間経過するまでは、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記一対の第1領域に対する前記接続領域を含む前記第3領域が増加するようにし、前記第4期間経過した際に前記第4状態である場合に、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記一対の第1領域に対する前記接続領域を含む前記第3領域の光量を増加させないように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力する
ことを特徴とする請求項17または18に記載の灯具ユニットの制御装置。
The control device for a lamp unit as described in claim 17 or 18, characterized in that until a fourth period has elapsed since the fourth state is entered in a state in which the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions is increased compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle, the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions is increased compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle, and a signal is output that can control the lamp unit so that, when the fourth state is entered after the fourth period has elapsed, the amount of light in the third region including the connection region to the pair of first regions is not increased compared to when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle.
 車両の前方に位置する先行車及び対向車を検出する検出装置から信号が入力され、出射する光の配光パターンを変更可能な灯具ユニットの制御装置に、
 複数の前記先行車及び複数の前記対向車が車両の前方に位置する状態では、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記配光パターンのうち、前記先行車及び前記対向車の少なくとも一部と重なる複数の第1領域の光量を減少させ、前記第1領域を個別に囲う複数の第2領域の光量を増加させると共に、複数の前記先行車と重なる複数の前記第1領域から成る先行車用の組、及び複数の前記対向車と重なる複数の前記第1領域から成る対向車用の組の少なくとも一方において、互いに隣り合う前記第1領域を囲うそれぞれの前記第2領域に接続され当該互いに隣り合う前記第1領域に挟まれる接続領域を含む第3領域の光量を増加させるように、前記灯具ユニットを制御可能な信号を出力するステップを実行させ、
 前記先行車と重なる前記第1領域を囲う前記第2領域と前記対向車と重なる前記第1領域を囲う前記第2領域との間には、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合から光量が変化しない非特定領域が位置する
ことを特徴とするプログラム。
A control device for a lighting unit that receives a signal from a detection device that detects a preceding vehicle and an oncoming vehicle located in front of the vehicle and changes a light distribution pattern of emitted light.
executes a step of outputting a signal capable of controlling the lamp unit so that, in a state in which the plurality of preceding vehicles and the plurality of oncoming vehicles are positioned in front of the vehicle, the amount of light of a plurality of first regions in the light distribution pattern that overlap at least a portion of the preceding vehicles and the oncoming vehicles is reduced and the amount of light of a plurality of second regions that individually surround the first regions is increased, and the amount of light of a third region including a connection region that is connected to each of the second regions that surround adjacent first regions and is sandwiched between the adjacent first regions in at least one of a preceding vehicle set consisting of the plurality of first regions that overlap the plurality of preceding vehicles and an oncoming vehicle set consisting of the plurality of first regions that overlap the plurality of oncoming vehicles, compared to a state in which the preceding vehicles and the oncoming vehicles are not positioned in front of the vehicle;
A program characterized in that a non-specific area in which the amount of light does not change when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not positioned in front of the vehicle is located between the second area surrounding the first area overlapping with the preceding vehicle and the second area surrounding the first area overlapping with the oncoming vehicle.
 出射する光の配光パターンを変更可能な灯具ユニットと、
 車両の前方に位置する先行車及び対向車を検出する検出装置から信号が入力され前記灯具ユニットを制御する制御装置と、
 を備え、
 前記制御装置は、複数の前記先行車及び複数の前記対向車が車両の前方に位置する状態では、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合と比べて、前記配光パターンのうち、前記先行車及び前記対向車の少なくとも一部と重なる複数の第1領域の光量を減少させ、前記第1領域を個別に囲う複数の第2領域の光量を増加させると共に、複数の前記先行車と重なる複数の前記第1領域から成る先行車用の組、及び複数の前記対向車と重なる複数の前記第1領域から成る対向車用の組の少なくとも一方において、互いに隣り合う前記第1領域を囲うそれぞれの前記第2領域に接続され当該互いに隣り合う前記第1領域に挟まれる接続領域を含む第3領域の光量を増加させるように、前記灯具ユニットを制御し、
 前記先行車と重なる前記第1領域を囲う前記第2領域と前記対向車と重なる前記第1領域を囲う前記第2領域との間には、前記先行車及び前記対向車が前記車両の前方に位置しない場合から光量が変化しない非特定領域が位置する
ことを特徴とする車両用前照灯。
A lighting unit capable of changing the light distribution pattern of emitted light;
a control device that receives signals from a detection device that detects a preceding vehicle and an oncoming vehicle located in front of the vehicle and controls the lighting unit;
Equipped with
the control device, when the plurality of preceding vehicles and the plurality of oncoming vehicles are located in front of the vehicle, controls the lamp unit to reduce the amount of light of a plurality of first regions in the light distribution pattern that overlap at least a portion of the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle, and to increase the amount of light of a plurality of second regions that individually surround the first regions, in at least one of a preceding vehicle set consisting of the plurality of first regions that overlap the plurality of preceding vehicles, and an oncoming vehicle set consisting of the plurality of first regions that overlap the plurality of oncoming vehicles, so as to increase the amount of light of a third region including a connection region that is connected to each of the second regions that surround adjacent first regions and is sandwiched between the adjacent first regions, in comparison with a case in which the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not located in front of the vehicle;
a non-specific area in which the amount of light does not change even when the preceding vehicle and the oncoming vehicle are not positioned in front of the vehicle is located between the second area that surrounds the first area that overlaps with the preceding vehicle and the second area that surrounds the first area that overlaps with the oncoming vehicle.
PCT/JP2024/024198 2023-07-20 2024-07-04 Control device for lamp unit, program, and headlight for vehicle WO2025018158A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2023-118710 2023-07-20
JP2023118710 2023-07-20
JP2023118711 2023-07-20
JP2023-118711 2023-07-20

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025018158A1 true WO2025018158A1 (en) 2025-01-23

Family

ID=94281541

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2024/024198 WO2025018158A1 (en) 2023-07-20 2024-07-04 Control device for lamp unit, program, and headlight for vehicle

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2025018158A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2013060140A (en) * 2011-09-14 2013-04-04 Toyota Motor Corp Headlamp apparatus
WO2020027301A1 (en) * 2018-08-03 2020-02-06 株式会社小糸製作所 Headlight for vehicle
WO2022172860A1 (en) * 2021-02-15 2022-08-18 株式会社小糸製作所 Vehicle headlight
WO2023073849A1 (en) * 2021-10-28 2023-05-04 三菱電機株式会社 Headlight light distribution control device and headlight light distribution control method

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2013060140A (en) * 2011-09-14 2013-04-04 Toyota Motor Corp Headlamp apparatus
WO2020027301A1 (en) * 2018-08-03 2020-02-06 株式会社小糸製作所 Headlight for vehicle
WO2022172860A1 (en) * 2021-02-15 2022-08-18 株式会社小糸製作所 Vehicle headlight
WO2023073849A1 (en) * 2021-10-28 2023-05-04 三菱電機株式会社 Headlight light distribution control device and headlight light distribution control method

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10965878B2 (en) Vehicle illumination system and vehicle
US9187027B2 (en) Vehicle headlight
US20190001868A1 (en) Vehicle headlight and light distribution control device of vehicle headlight
JP7057674B2 (en) Headlight device
JP7624434B2 (en) Vehicle headlights
CN110121444B (en) Lighting device
US20200282897A1 (en) Control apparatus for vehicle headlight, control method for vehicle headlight, vehicle headlight system
JP2011111000A (en) Headlight system for vehicle
CN104768313A (en) Intelligent control system for vehicle headlamp
JP7137414B2 (en) vehicle lamp
WO2025018158A1 (en) Control device for lamp unit, program, and headlight for vehicle
WO2022196296A1 (en) Vehicle lamp control device, vehicle lamp control method and vehicle lamp system
JP7561183B2 (en) Vehicle headlamp and vehicle headlamp system
CN113727882B (en) Vehicle lamp and vehicle lamp system
JP7481922B2 (en) Vehicle headlights
JP7481921B2 (en) Vehicle headlights
JP7463207B2 (en) Vehicle headlights
US20240174166A1 (en) Headlight device for vehicle
JP7561801B2 (en) Vehicle lighting device
EP4563411A1 (en) Vehicle headlight
JP7642682B2 (en) Vehicle headlights
WO2025084175A1 (en) Control device for lamp unit, program, and headlight for vehicle
WO2025023113A1 (en) Vehicular light emitting device and vehicular light emission method
JP7165536B2 (en) Vehicle lighting system
WO2024034553A1 (en) Vehicular headlamp

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 24842951

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1